An ISO 9001 : 2015 & QCI - NABET Accredited Organization
TM
I am extreTaluka: Mstudies anFactory (F(From 30involvemeand co-opSharing ointeresting I must thaSamant, Lole, and and reporprofessiondiscussion My staff omanagemexperts of Last but nis also dul
emely thankMohol, Distrnd EnvironmFrom 4900 T0 KLPD toent and discu
peration as wf thoughts ang thing durin
ank our Tecand our emMr. Vinay
rt preparations, they wens.
of the EIA Sent and inpuf various fun
not the least, ly appreciate
kful to the mrict: Solapu
mental ClearTCD to 750
o 200 KLPDussions with
well as suppond planning ng the course
chnical Dirempanelled exykumar Kuron. Despite ere always a
Study Cell huts during thnctional areas
the contribued here.
UACKNOW
management ur, State: Mrance procur00 TCD), CoD). It was
h the manageort given durwith Mr. S
e of assignm
ectors namelxperts Dr. Jrakula for th
their busyavailable, o
ere must rece monitorings have contr
utions from m
Equino
WLEDGEM
of M/s. JakMaharashtra,
rement in reo-Gen Plant
indeed a ement and tering the EIAachin B. Ja
ment. Thank y
ly Prof. (DrJ.B. Pishte, heir able and
y schedules on time, for
ceive a commg, report preributed their
my non-tech
ox Environm
MENT
kraya Sugarfor entrustiespect of prt (11 MW togreat exper
echnical expeA Report preadhav; Manayou very mu
r.) Jay SamMr. Vinod
d timely conin the univ
r the necess
mendation aeparation andbest.
hnical staff m
DR
ments (India)
r Ltd. (JSL)ing assignmroposed Expo 30 MW) &rience to haerts of JSL.
eparation imaging Directuch Sir!
mant, Dr. (Md Sahasrabuntributions inversities, cosary inputs;
and credit fod presentatio
members and
R. SANGRAChartere
ChairmanPvt. Ltd. (E
), A/P- Watwments of the pansion of S& Distillery ave interactTheir knowl
mpressed me or was alwa
Mrs.) Anuruddhe, Mr. n the EIA stuolleges and
field visits
r all the in-hons. The In-h
d laboratory
AM GHUGed Engineer n & MD
EEIPL); Kolh
wate, EIA
Sugar Unit
tions, ledge a lot.
ays an
adha B.S.
tudies own
s and
house house
team
ARE
hapur
V
CAUTION
The information, data, figures, flow charts and drawings in respect of manufacturing processes, mass balance, chemical reactions, production layouts and instrumentation details included in this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report are the sole property of Jakraya Sugar Limited (JSL) located in Village- Watwate, Taluka- Mohol, Dist.-Solapur, Maharashtra State. Some of the products, reactions and process methodologies may be patented.
The style and format of this Draft EIA Report as well as the data, processing and presentations of various environmental features, environmental management planning; designs; drawings; plates; calculations, demonstrations on attributes towards pollution control and abatement aspects etc. are the intellectual property of M/s. Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur.]
All maps (District, State, Country etc.) enclosed in this reports for referring information are purely indicative, graphical & not to scale.
Under no circumstances, any part of this report may be used; reproduced; translated; recorded or copied in any form and manner except by the Govt. authorities requiring this report for taking decisions, based on details and information provided in same, during the Environmental Clearance procedure carried out as per EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 as amended from time to time.
ISO 9001: 2015 & QCI-NABET accredited Organization
CERTIFICATE Declaration by Expert contributing to the EIA in respect of proposed Bulk Drugs and intermediates manufacturing unit by “Jakraya Sugar Limited” A/P- Watwate, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur.
We, hereby, certify that we were a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.
2. Period of Involvement : September 2018 – September20193. Contact Information : [email protected]
Functional Area Expert:
Sr. No.
Functional Areas
Name of the expert/s Involvement
(Period & Task**) Signature
1 WP* Dr. Sangram Ghugare
2 EB* Prof.(Dr.) Jay Samant
3 SE* Dr. Anuradha Samant
4 AP* Dr. Sangram Ghugare
Mr. Yuvraj Damugade
5 AQ* Mr. J. M. Gadgil
Mr. Yuvraj Damugade
6 HG* Dr. J.B. Pishte
7 GEO*
8 SHW* Dr. Sangram Ghugare
9 RH* Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe
10 NV* Mr. Vinay Kumar Kurakula 11 LU*
12 SC Mr. Balkrishna S. Lole
Refer enclosed Separate sheet
191
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person. I, M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur, Environmental & Civil Engineers, Consultants and Analysts., hereby confirm that
the above mentioned experts prepared the final EIA in respect of Expansion of Sugar Factory (From 4900 TCD to 7500 TCD), Cogen Unit (11 MW to 30 MW) & Distillery Unit (30 KLPD to
200 KLPD) of ‘Jakraya Sugar Ltd.’ located at Watwate, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur, MS.
I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Name: Dr. Sangram Ghugare
Designation: Chairman & MD
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL);
AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ACF Activated Carbon Filter ALOHA Areal Locations Of Hazardous Atmosphere AP Air Pollution AQ Air QualityBIS Bureau of Indian Standards BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand CGWB Central Ground Water Board CMD Cubic Meter per Day CO Carbon MonoxideCO2 Carbon Di Oxide COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CPU Condensate Polishing Unit CREP Corporate Responsibility For Environmental Protection CER Corporate Environmental Responsibility CTE Consent to EstablishCTO Consent to OperateCWC Central Water Commission dB (A) Decibel (A-weighted) DG Diesel GeneratorDIRD Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development DO Dissolved Oxygen EAC Expert Appraisal Committee EB Ecology and Biodiversity EC Environmental ClearanceEEIPL Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. EIA Environmental Impact AssessmentEMP Environmental Management Plan ENA Extra Neutral Alcohol EPA Environment Protection ActETP Effluent Treatment Plant FAA Functional Area AssociateFAE Functional Area ExpertGEO GeologyGLC Ground Level Concentration GMPs Good Management Practices GSDA Ground Water Survey and Development Agency HDPE High-Density PolyethyleneHG Hydrology, Ground Water and Water Conservation HSD High Speed Diesel IMD Indian Meteorological Department IRS Indian Remote Sensing IS Indian StandardsISO International Organization For Standardization
JSL Jakraya Sugar Ltd. KL Kilo LiterKLPD Kilo Liter per Day KVA Kilo Volt Ampere LC Land CoverLU Land UseMEE Multiple Effect Evaporator MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change MPCB Maharashtra Pollution Control Board MS Mild SteelMT Metric TonMW Mega WattN NorthNAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NE North-EastNOx Oxides of Nitrogen NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit NV Noise and Vibration O&M Operation and MaintenanceOHSAS Occupational Health and Safety Management System Standards PH Public HearingPLC Programmable Logic Controller PM Particulate MatterPP Project ProponentPPE Personal Protective Equipment PSF Pressure Sand Filter RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete. RO Reverse OsmosisRS Rectified spiritSCBA Self Contained Breathing Apparatus SC Soil ConservationSE Socio - Economic SHE Safety and Health Environment SHW Solid and Hazardous Waste SO2 Sulphur DioxideSPM Suspended Particulate MatterSS Suspended SolidsSTP Sewage Treatment Plant SW South -WestSWD Side Water Depth TCD Tones Crushing Per Day TDS Total Dissolved Solids ToR Terms of References TPH Tones Per Hour W West
INDEX
CHAPTER NO. TOPIC PAGE NO.
Chapter - 1 Introduction 1-13
Chapter - 2 Project Description 14-46
Chapter - 3 Description of the Environment 47-116
Chapter - 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 117-165
Chapter - 5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site) 166-168
Chapter - 6 Environmental Monitoring Program 169-179
Chapter - 7 Additional Studies 180-200
Chapter - 8 Project Benefit 201-202
Chapter - 9 Environment Management Plan 203-209
Chapter -10 Summary and Conclusion 210-214
Chapter - 11 Disclosure of Consultants engaged 215-216
• Enclosure 217-244
• Appendices 245-459
• Annexures 460-508
• Certificates & Other Documents 509-517
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION
1 - 13
1.1 Introduction 1 1.2 The Project & Project Proponent 1 1.3 The Place 2 1.4 Importance to Country & Region 2 1.5 Scope of the Study 5
CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION
14 - 46
2.1 Type of Project 14 2.2 Need for the Project 14
2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential 14 2.2.2 Export Potential of the Products 14
2.3 Project Location 14 2.3.1 Site History 17
2.4 Details Of Land Requirement 18 2.5 Project Operations, Approvals & Implementation 18
2.5.1 List of Major industries within Study Area 18 2.5.2 Approval and Implementation Schedule 19
2.6 Technology and Process Description 20 2.6.1 Product 20 2.6.2 Raw Material for Integrated Project 21 2.6.2.1 Sugar factory 21 2.6.2.2 Distillery 22 2.6.2.3 Co-generation Plant 22 2.6.2.4 Details of steam consumption 22 2.6.3 Manufacturing Process for Sugar 23 2.6.3.1 Storage Details of Product & By-products 25 2.6.4 Manufacturing Process for Co-generation Plant 25 2.6.5 Manufacturing Process for Distillery 26 2.6.5.1 Alcohol production from Molasses / Sugarcane juice 26 2.6.5.2 Production of Ethanol (Dehydration with Molecular Sieve
Process) 29
2.7 Sources of Pollution and their Control 30 2.7.1 Water Pollution 31 2.7.1.1 Total Water Requirement in JSL Integrated Complex 32 2.7.1.2 Domestic Effluent 32 2.7.1.3 Industrial Effluent 32 2.7.2 Air Pollution 37 2.7.3 Fugitive Emissions 38 2.7.4 Process Emissions 39
2.7.5 Solid waste 39 2.7.6 Hazardous Wastes 39 2.7.7 Noise Pollution 39 2.7.8 Sources of Noise Pollution 40 2.7.9 Odour Pollution 40 2.7.10 Land Pollution 41 2.7.11 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection 41
2.8 Green Belt Development Plan 41 2.8.1 Area Calculation for Green Belt Plan 42 2.8.2 Existing Tree Plantation 42 2.8.3 Proposed Tree Plantation 42 2.8.4 Criteria for Green Belt Development 43
2.9 Rain Water Harvesting 45 CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
47 – 116
3.1 Introduction 47 3.2 Land Use and Land Cover Study 47 3.2.1 Scope of Work 47 3.2.2 Study Area & Location 47 3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping 47 3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis 48 3.2.5 Methodology 48 3.3 Land Use Studies 52 3.3.1 Land Use of Study Area 52 3.3.2 Topographical Features 53 3.3.3 Land Use Map 55 3.3.4 Settlement Map 56 3.3.5 Eco-Sensitive Map 57 3.3.6 Drainage Map 58 3.3.7 Contour Map 59 3.4 Soil Characteristics 60 3.4.1 Introduction 60 3.4.2 Soil Quality – Present Status 60 3.4.3 Methodology 60 3.4.3.1 Methodology of Data Generation 60 3.4.3.2 Sources of Information 60 3.4.4 Comments on Soil Characteristics 62 3.4.4.1 Geomorphology & Soils 62 3.4.5 Physical Characteristics 65 3.4.6 Chemical Characteristics 65 3.5 Drainage and Geomorphology 72 3.5.1 Methodology 72 3.5.1.1 Literature review 72 3.5.2 Data Generation 72
3.5.2.1 Hydrogeology 72 3.5.2.2 Geology 72 3.5.3 Data Analysis & Interpretation 72 3.5.3.1 Hydrogeology 72 3.5.4 Geomorphology 72 3.5.5 Drainage 73 3.6 Geology & Hydrology 75 3.6.1 Geology 75 3.6.2 Hydrogeology 75 3.6.2.1 Ground water Resources 76 3.6.2.2 Ground water Quality 76 3.7 Meteorology 80 3.7.1 Introduction 80 3.7.2 Methodology 81 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 81 3.7.2.2 Sources of Information 81 3.7.2.3 Wind Pattern at Project 82 3.8 Air Quality 82 3.8.1 Introduction 82 3.8.2 Methodology 82 3.8.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 82 3.8.2.2 Parameters, Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ
Monitoring 83
3.8.3 Presentation of Results 83 3.8.4 Observations Based On Period October – November - December
2018 84
3.9 Water quality 85 3.9.1 Introduction 85 3.9.2 Methodology 85 3.9.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 85 3.9.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation 86 3.9.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from October – November -
December 2018 86
3.9.4.1 Surface Water 86 3.9.4.2 Ground Water 88 3.10 Noise Level Survey 90 3.10.1 Introduction 90 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations 91 3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations 91 3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring 93 3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels 93 3.10.3 Presentation of Results 94 3.10.3.1 Observations 94 3.11 Socio-Economic Profile 95 3.11.1 Introduction 95 3.11.2 Methodology 95
3.11.3 Findings 96 3.11.4 Observations 98 3.11.5 Demands of Respondents from JSL in CER Activities 98 3.11.6 Conclusion 98 3.11.7 Suggestions 99 3.11.8 Environment Management Plan (EMP) 99 3.12 Ecology 101 3.12.1 Study area 101 3.12.2 Methodology 101 3.12.3 Ecology 102 3.12.3.1 Field observations 102 3.12.4 Biodiversity 103 3.12.4.1 Field observations 103 3.12.5 Questionnaire survey 103 3.12.6 Probable Environmental Impact of Proposed Expansion Project on
Ecology and Biodiversity in the region 104
3.12.6.1 Green Belt 105 3.12.6.2 CER Activity 105 CHAPTER 4 - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
117 - 165
4.1 Introduction 117 4.2 Construction Phase 117 4.3 Operation Phase 123 4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality 123 4.3.1.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modeling 124 4.3.1.2 Analysis and Interpretation 132 4.3.1.3 Mitigation Measures 135 4.3.2 Impact on Climate 136 4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources 137 4.3.3.1 Calculations for Quantification of Impact on Surface
Water Body 138
4.3.32 Mitigation Measures 141 4.3.4 Impact on Hydro Geology 142 4.3.4.1 Mitigation Measures 143 4.3.5 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes 143 4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures 144 4.3.6 Impact on Soil and Agriculture 147 4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures 147 4.3.7 Impact on Noise Levels 148 4.3.7.1 Mitigation Measures 149 4.3.8 Impact on Land use 150 4.3.9 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity 150 4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures 151 4.3.10 Impact due to Industrial Operations Involving Risk and Hazard 151 4.3.11 Impact on Historical Places 152
4.4 Evaluation Of Impact 152 4.4.1 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) 152 4.5 Environmental Impact Evaluation for LSL 153 4.6 Impacts due to Decommissioning Activity 164 4.6.1 Decommissioning Phase 164 CHAPTER 5 - ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE & TECHNOLOGY
166 - 168
5.1 Introduction 166 5.2 Alternative Technologies 166 5.2.1 Sugar Factory 166 5.2.1.1 Improvement in Sugar Quality 166 5.2.2 Co-Gen Plant 166 5.2.3 Distillery 166 5.2.3.1 Fermentation Technology 166 5.2.3.2 Distillation Process 167 5.2.3.3 Analysis of Alternative Technology for Abating the
Pollution 167
5.3 Analysis of alternative sites 168 CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM
169 - 179
6.1 Introduction 169 6.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase 169 6.3 Environmental Monitoring Program during the Post Construction/ Operational
Phase 169
6.3.1 Air Pollution Management 170 6.3.2 Water Management 170 6.3.3 Noise Level Management 170 6.3.4 Land Management 171 6.3.5 Dust Management 171 6.3.6 Odour Management 172 6.3.7 Operation Control and Equipment Maintenance 172 6.3.8 Occupational Health & Safety Measures 173 6.3.9 Measures for Socio-Economic Development 174 6.3.9.1 Better Employment Opportunities 174 6.3.9.2 CER Plan 174 6.3.9.3 Proposed Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan
by JSL 174
6.3.9.4 Measures for Improvement of Ecology 176 6.4 Environmental Monitoring Programme Schedule 176 6.5 Compliance to the Recommendations Mentioned in the CREP guidelines 179 CHAPTER 7- ADDITIONAL STUDIES
180 - 200
7.1 Public Consultation 180
7.1.1 Details of Public Hearing 180 7.1.2 Minutes of Public Hearing 180 7.1.3 Issues of Concern and Suggestion 186 7.2 R & R Action Plan 187 7.3 Potential and major hazards in sugar manufacturing plan 187 7.4 Objectives and Scope of the RH Report 187 7.4.1 Objectives of the Risk and Hazard analysis 187 7.4.2 Methodology 187 7.4.2.1 Identify hazards based on 187 7.4.2.2 Hazard Assessment 187 7.4.2.3 Recommendations 187 7.5 Hazard Identification in Sugar Industry 188 7.5.1 Mitigation Measures to avoid accidents 189 7.6 Boiler Section 190 7.6.1 Establishing a Fire Fighting Group 190 7.7 Hazard Identification: Sugar Manufacturing Section 190 7.7.1 Bagasse Production and Storage 190 7.7.1.2 Present Scenario 190 7.7.1.2 Additional Mitigation Measures for safe storage 191 7.7.2 Hazard Identification : Sulphur Storage 192 7.7.2.1 Dust Explosion 192 7.7.2.2 Mitigation Measures 193 7.7.2.3 Fire in Sulphur storage 193 7.7.2.4 Mitigation Measures 193 7.7.2.5 Safety and fire fighting tips 193 7.7.3 Hazard Identification : Molasses Storage 194 7.7.3.1 Present Scenario 194 7.7.3.2 Mitigation Measures 194 7.7.4 Hazard Identification : Sulphur di oxide (SO2) production and
handling 195
7.7.4.1 Mitigation Measures suggested and measures which are in place
Occupational Health Aspects and Medical Provision in the Factory 198
7.11.1 Effects of Alcohol on health 198
7.11.2 Medical check-up 199 7.11.3 Occupational Health Center: OHC 199 7.11.4 EHS Policy 200 CHAPTER 8- PROJECT BENEFITS
201 - 202
8.1 Introduction 201 8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure 201 8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 201 8.2 Activities done by JSL under CER 201 8.3 Employment potential 202 8.4 Other Tangible Benefits 202 CHAPTER 9- ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
203 - 209
9.1 Introduction 203 9.2 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) 203 9.3 Working of Environmental Management Plan 205 9.4 Recommendation & Implementation Schedule 205 9.4.1 Air Pollution Control Measures 205 9.4.2 Water Pollution Control Measures 205 9.4.3 Noise Control Measures 205 9.4.4 Ecological Preservation and Up-gradation 206 9.4.5 Improvement of Socio-Economic Aspects 206 9.4.6 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management 206 9.4.7 Summary of Recommendations 207 9.5 Environmental Post Monitoring Programme 208 9.5.1 Monitoring Equipment 209 9.6 Corporate Environment Policy 209 CHAPTER 10 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
210 -214
10.1 Introduction 210 10.2 Project at a Glance 210 10.3 Process Description 211 10.3.1 Product & Raw Material 211 10.4 Sources of Pollution & Mitigation Measures 212 10.4.1 Water Pollution 212 10.4.2 Air Pollution 213 10.4.3 Noise Pollution 213 10.4.4 Solid Waste 213 10.4.5 Hazardous Waste 213 10.4.6 Odour Pollution 213 10.5 Green Belt Development 214 10.6 Environmental Monitoring Program 214 10.7 Environment Management Plan 214
10.8 Conclusion 214 CHAPTER 11 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ORGANIZATION
215 – 216
11.1 The Organization 215
APPENDICES PAGE NO
Appendix - A Plot Layout Plan 245
Appendix - B MPCB Consent copies and Environmental Clearance (EC) 246-297
Appendix - C Water Lifting Permission 298-300
Appendix – D Bio-composting Material Balance 301-303
Appendix – E Stack Height Calculations 304-305
Appendix – F Public Hearing MoM’s 306-405
Appendix - G Fire Hydrant Layout 406
Appendix – H Boiler & Co-Gen Interlocks 407-412
Appendix - I PESO Certificate 413-414
Appendix - J Worst Case Scenario 415-426
Appendix – K Health Check-up Reports 427-439
Appendix - L RO MoEFCC, Nagpur Report 440-459
ANNEXURES PAGE NO
Annexure I AAQM Reports 460-467
Annexure II Climatological data 468-491
Annexure III Surface Water Reports 492-495
Annexure IV Ground Water Reports 496-501
Annexure V Soil Reports 502-505
Annexure VI Noise Reports 506-508
Certificates & Other Documents 509-517
LIST OF TABLES
Sr. No. Table Page No.
1.1 Project Investment Details 2 1.2 Promoters of JSL 2
Sr. No. Table Page No. 1.3 Summary of Terms of Reference 5 2.1 Details of Manpower 14 2.2 Salient Features of the JSL Project Site 15 2.3 Area Statement of JSL 18 2.4 Project wise Operational Days 18 2.5 Project Implementation schedule 19 2.6 List of Equipment’s under Existing & Proposed Sugar Factory& Co-
gen plant 19
2.7 List of Equipments for Proposed Expansion of Distillery 20 2.8 List of Products for Integrated complex 20 2.9 List of Raw Materials for Integrated Industrial complex 21 2.10 Cane Availability for Sugar Factory 21 2.11 Sugarcane Transportation Details 21 2.12 Sugar and Pressmud Transportation Details 22 2.13 Molasses Availability 22 2.14 Details for Molasses Storage 22 2.15 Details of Alcohol Transport 22 2.16 Bagasse Availability 23 2.17 Details for Bagasse Storage 23 2.18 Steam Balance 23 2.19 Storage Details of Product & By-products 25 2.20 Electricity Requirement Details 25 2.21 Storage of Alcohol 29 2.22 Water Consumption in Sugar & Co-gen of JSL 31 2.23 Water Consumption in Distillery of JSL 31 2.24 Water Requirement for Integrated Complex 32 2.25 Effluent Generation in Sugar & Co-gen of JSL Complex 32 2.26 Details of Effluent Generation in Distillery of JSL 33 2.27 Dimensions of ETP units 33 2.28 Details of MEE 36 2.29 Details of Boiler and Stack 37 2.30 Details of DG Set 37 2.31 Fuel Storage Details 38 2.32 Details of APC for Boilers 38 2.33 Solid Waste Generation & Disposal 39 2.34 Details of Hazardous Waste 39 2.35 Capital As Well As O & M Cost (Existing & Proposed) 41 2.36 Area Details 42 2.37 Details of trees to be planted 42 2.38 Green Belt (GB) Design Details 44 3.1 Satellite Data 48 3.2 Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes 52 3.3 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis 61 3.4 Soil Sampling Locations 61
Sr. No. Table Page No. 3.5 Standard Soil Classification 61 3.6 Existing Soil Characteristics 63 3.7 Well inventory data for the area around JSL 76 3.8 Results of Groundwater Analysis 77 3.9 Meteorological Parameters 81 3.10 AAQM Location Details 82 3.11 AAQ Parameters, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods 83 3.12 Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season
[October – November – December 2018] 83
3.13 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified By CPCB
84
3.14 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water 85 3.15 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water 86 3.16 Surface Water 86 3.17 Ground Water 89 3.18 Noise Sampling Locations 92 3.19 Ambient Noise Level Standards 93 3.20 Standards for Occupational Exposure 94 3.21 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure 94 3.22 Ambient Noise Levels 94 3.23 Name of village and Sample Size of respondents in them 95 3.24 Names of study villages within 5 to 10 Km radius for EB survey 102 3.25 List of Birds observed during field survey 107 3.26 List of Flora observed during field survey 110 3.27 List of fauna commonly reported by the respondents during survey 110 3.28 List of flora commonly reported by the locals during survey 111 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction
Phase 118
4.2 Disposal of Waste Generation during Construction Phase 121 4.3 Identification of Impacts due to Operation Phase 121 4.4 Predominant Wind Directions 124 4.5 Predominant Wind Direction and Speed Categories 124 4.6 Baseline Concentrations 124 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10Values 126 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values 127 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2 values 128 4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in NOX values 129 4.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 Values - Non Operation of APC 130 4.12 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 Values - Non Operation of APC 131 4.13 Quantification of Pollutants Load from Sugar Factory, Co-gen 138 4.14 Quantification of Pollutants in Distillery Spentwash 138 4.15 Accidental Discharge of Raw spentwash into Nalla 139 4.16 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla in to Bhima River 139 4.17 Accidental Discharge of Untreated Effluent into Nalla 139
Sr. No. Table Page No. 4.18 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla into Bhima River 139 4.19 Accidental Discharge of Untreated Effluent into Nalla 139 4.20 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla into Bhima River 140 4.21 Inland surface Water (CPCB Standards) 140 4.22 Waste Minimization Techniques 144 4.23 Permissible Exposure in case of Continuous Noise 148 4.24 Standards in Respect of Ambient Noise Levels 149 4.25 Existing Environmental Status in Study Area 155 426 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to JSL; Mohol,
Solapur 158
4.27 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in Battelle EES for JSL
162
4.28 The Mitigation Measures 162 4.29 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of JSL 164 5.1 Technology Used /to be Used for Abating Pollution 168 6.1 Trees with Good Canopy for Noise Attenuation 171 6.2 Health Care Facility Equipment 173 6.3 Proposed CER activities for JSL 175 6.4 CER Implementation Schedule 176 6.5 Plan For Monitoring of Environmental Attributes within Industrial
Premises 177
6.6 Environmental Monitoring Schedule within Industrial Premises 178 6.7 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Surrounding Industrial Premises 179 7.1 Points Raised in the PH & Response of PP 180 7.2 Points / Suggestions received w.r.t. PH & Clarifications by PP 186 7.3 Possible Hazardous Locations onsite 188 7.4 Fire Fighting Pump Details 191 7.5 Molasses Storage tank 194 7.6 Toxicity Number 195
7.6-a TLV Level 196 7.7 Storage for Alcohol 196 7.8 F & EI index 197 7.9 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol 199 8.1 Activities Done By JSL under CER 201 9.1 Environmental Management Cell 203 9.2 Summary of Recommendations 207 9.3 Implementation schedule 208 9.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition 208 10.1 Project Investment Details 210 10.2 JSL Expansion Project Details 210 10.3 List of Products for Integrated complex 211 10.4 List of Raw Materials for Integrated complex 211 10.5 Solid Waste Details 213 10.6 Hazardous Waste Details 213
LIST OF FIGURES
Sr. No. Figure Pg. No. 1.1 Location of the Project Site 3 1.2 Photograph of Existing Unit 4 2.1 Location Map 16 2.2 Google Image Showing Site history 17 2.3 Process Mass Balance for Sugar Factory-7500 TCD & 30 MW Co-gen
Plant 24
2.4 Process Flow Chart Co-gen 26 2.5 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 30 KLPD Distillery 30 2.6 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 200 KLPD Distillery 30 2.7 Flow Chart of Sugar Factory ETP (After Expansion) 34 2.8 Sugar Factory ETP & Online Monitoring System 34 2.9 Process Flow Diagram of Existing Sugar CPU 35 2.10 Process Flow Diagram of Proposed Distillery CPU 35 2.11 Cross Section of Spentwash Tank 36 2.12 Spentwash Lagoons 36 2.13 Stack of Existing Boiler 38 3.1 Process Flow Chart 49 3.2 Google Image Showing Study Area 50 3.3 Satellite Image 51 3.4 Visual Interpretation Keys used for the Study 52 3.5 Land Use Land Cover Statistics 53 3.6 Topographical Map 54 3.7 Land Use and Land Cover Map 55 3.8 Settlement Map 56 3.9 Eco-Sensitive Map 57 3.10 Drainage Map 58 3.11 Contour Map 59 3.12 Soil Map 71 3.13 Geomorphological Map 74 3.14 Geological Map showing Formations of Deccan Trap Super group in
Southern Maharashtra and Northern Karnataka. 75
3.15 Geological Map 78 3.16 Geo-hydrological Map 79 3.17 Water table contour map with well locations and sample locations 80 3.18 Noise Monitoring Locations 92 3.19 Age Distribution within Sample size 96 3.20 Socio-Economic Survey 100 3.21 JSL-GIB ESZ Map 112 3.22 Habitat in the Study Area 113 3.23 Biodiversity in the Study Area 114 3.24 Factory Layout with Surroundings 115 3.25 Existing Green Belt 116 4.1 Impact Identification from Process Flow Chart 123
4.2 Wind Rose for the Month October 2018 to December 2018 125 4.3 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 126 4.4 3Isopleths of PM2.5(24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 127 4.5 Isopleths of SO2 (24 Hrs. Max Conc. In μg/Nm3) 128 4.6 Isopleths of NOX (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 129 4.7 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3 without APC) 130 4.8 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3 without APC) 131 4.9 Incremental PM10 132 4.10 Incremental PM2.5 133 4.11 Incremental SO2 133 4.12 Incremental NOx 134 9.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities 204 9.2 Environmental Management Plan 205 10.1 Manufacturing Process Details of JSL Integrated Project 212
1
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Introduction
'Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)' is the process of evaluating likely environmental impacts, both positive and negative, of a new or expansion project by taking into account natural, social and economic aspects. It also comprises of suggesting possible mitigation measures, for the negative impacts, before implementation of the project. The main objectives of an EIA report are -
To describe a pre-project baseline condition with respect to Environmental Indicators. To identify possible sources of pollution and their environmental impacts including
identifying risks associated with setting up of a new / expansion project and suggesting appropriate mitigation measures for alleviating adverse impacts to the extent possible.
To suggest environmental / risk management plans for implementing the mitigation measures.
Molasses is a very important by-product of the sugar industry which is a raw material for distillery manufacturing alcohol. There is a good demand for alcohol produced from molasses based distilleries in the country. Also, alcohol has good export potential. In view of this Jakraya Sugar Limited (JSL), A/P: Watwate, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur (Maharashtra) has planned to go for expansion of its existing sugar factory from4,900 TCD to 7,500 TCD (increase by 2,600 TCD), Co-gen plant from 11 MW to 30 MW (increase by 19 MW) and Molasses/Sugarcane juice based distillery from 30 KLPD to 200 KLPD (increase by 170 KLPD) in existing premises. Further, the industry has planned to participate in the “National Bio-fuel Policy - 2018” being promoted by “Ministry of New and Renewable Energy Resources; Govt. of India”. Accordingly, an application was made and Govt. of India has selected JSL for extending benefits of interest subvention.
1.2 The Project & Proponents
The project site of JSL is located on Gat no. 61-A, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, A/P: Watwate, Tal: Mohol, Dist: Solapur, Maharashtra. The expansion of JSL sugar factory would be undertaken from4,900 TCD to 7,500 TCD (increase by 2,600 TCD), co-gen plant from 11 MW to 30 MW (increase by 19 MW) and distillery from 30 KLPD to 200 KLPD using molasses / sugar cane juice (increase by 170 KLPD) in existing premises.
This report is made in the overall context of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments there to issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi. The JSL is an integrated project and as per the said notification the projects come under Category A because of Project Item Nos. 5 (j), 5(g) and 1(d). This project is appraised at center level by (EAC) of MoEFCC; New Delhi, Govt. of India. This EIA report has been prepared by incorporating required information with regards to the Two Terms of References (ToRs) issued vide letter F.No.J-11011/314/2012-IA II(I) to JSL in an Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) meeting held on 03.12.2018 (Molasses as raw material) & on 09.08.2019 (Sugarcane juice as raw material) by MoEFCC.
The sugar factory is registered with Registrar of companies, Govt. of India vide certificate No. U15421PN2007PLC130078 dated 03.05.2007.The first crushing season of sugar factory was undertaken in the year 2010-11.
2
Table 1.1 Project Investment Details
Sr. No.
Industrial unit Capital Investment (Rs. Cr.) Existing Expansion Total
1. Sugar Factory, Co-gen Plant &Distillery
Rs. 161.52 Rs. 141.00 Rs. 302.52
Table 1.2 Promoters of JSL
Sr. No. Name Designation 1. Shri BirappaBhagvan Jadhav Founder-Chairman 2. Shri Sachin B. Jadhav Managing Director 3. Shri Rahul B. Jadhav Managing Director 4. Mrs. Umadevi B. Jadhav Director 5. Mrs. Manisha S. Jadhav Director
1.3 The Place
The proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery shall be carried out at existing set up of JSL. The total land acquired by the industry is 2, 25,100 Sq. M. (22.51Ha.) The total built up area of sugar factory, distillery & co-gen projects will be 52,100 Sq. M. (5.21 Ha) after expansion. No objection certificate for the proposed expansion project activity is obtained from Grampanchayat Watwate. Following aspects have been taken into consideration while planning expansion project activities in the JSL complex -
1. Availability of excess cane for crushing in sugar factory from the operational area.2. Availability of adequate equipments and allied infrastructure in sugar factory, co-gen
and distillery unit.3. Availability of adequate quantity of water and electricity for the proposed project.4. The nearest village Watwate is 1.92 Km & Solapur city is 33 km away from the project
site which is very well connected with other parts of the country by roads, rail.5. No rehabilitation and resettlement are required to be done.
1.4 Importance to Country & Region
The sugar Industry in India is well maintained and is growing at a steady pace, boasting of a consumer base of over billions of people. India is the second largest producer of sugar in the world. With more than 45 millions of sugarcane growers in the country, the bulk of rural population in India depends on this industry. One of the agro-based enterprises in India, sugar manufacturing is the second largest agricultural industry, after the textile sector.
Sugar manufacturing in Maharashtra is one of the most notable sectors in the country. The pace of growth of this industry has been massive over the past few years. Most of the sugar units have by-product utilization plants, based on bagasse and molasses. Ethanol, power and paper projects have tremendous scope for development in India. In near future, about 10-15% ethanol may be allowed to be blended with petrol. Thus, alcohol production from molasses has the most promising prospects. Bagasse based power generation projects, installed in the premises of sugar factory, not only fulfil captive need of the industry but also make available surplus power which could be exported in the grid thereby providing value addition.
Figuree 1.1 Locati
3
ion of the Prroject Site
4
Figure 1.2 Photograph of Existing Unit
Bagasse based co-generation of steam and electricity is not new to India and has been practised for long in sugar mills. The primary objective in the past had been to produce steam required for processing and incidentally generating electricity. Since process steam was required at pressures that were not high, low pressure boilers were used to produce steam. Steam turbines driving the mills and generators were therefore, designed to operate with low pressure steam. As the low-pressure steam has a large quantum of heat, which is lost in the process of condensing, the efficiency of conventional power plants is only around 35%. In a cogeneration plant, very high efficiency levels, in the range of 75%-90%, can be reached. This is so, because the low-pressure exhaust steam coming out of the turbine is not condensed, but used for heating purposes in factories or houses. In certain mills, electricity generated was not enough to meet captive requirements and the short fall was met by drawing electricity from the utility grid. In the mid-eighties it was realized that by making maximum use of potential for co-generating steam and electricity from bagasse, generation of electricity could be increased not only to fully meet the captive requirements but also to have exportable surplus that could bring in additional profit. Since co-generation can meet both power and heat needs, it has other advantages as well in the form of significant cost savings for the plant and reduction in emissions of pollutants due to reduced fuel consumption. Where there is a need to augment the steam and power generation within the plant on account of capacity up-gradation, where there is a potential to improve the energy efficiency of the sugar plant by retiring inefficient boilers and turbo generators, it is prudent for the sugar factory to go in for new high pressure and high efficiency boilers and matching turbo generators. Such system, in addition to generating surplus power for export which
5
improves the bottom line of the sugar mill operations, improves the energy efficiency of the sugar mill process itself.
Large co-generation systems provide heating water and power for an industrial site or an entire village. Common CHP plant types are:
Gas turbine CHP plants using the waste heat in the flue gas of gas turbines
Combined cycle power plants adapted for CHP
Steam turbine CHP plants that use the heating system as the steam condenser for thesteam turbine.
Molten-carbonate fuel cells have a hot exhaust, very suitable for heating.
Smaller cogeneration units may use a reciprocating engine or Stirling engine. The heat is removed from the exhaust and the radiator. These systems are popular in small sizes because small gas and diesel engines are less expensive than small gas- or oil-fired steam-electric plants. Some cogeneration plants are fired by biomass.
Alcohol has assumed very important place in the Country’s economy. It is a vital raw material for a number of chemicals. It has been a source of a large amount of revenue by way of excise duty levied by the Govt. on alcoholic liquors. It has a potential as fuel in the form of power alcohol for blending with petrol. Also, the fermentation alcohol has great demand in countries like Japan, U.S.A., Canada, Sri Lanka etc., as the synthetic alcohol produced by these countries, from naphtha of petroleum crude, is not useful for beverages. India is the fourth largest producer of alcohol in the world and there has been a consistent increase in its production over the last 22 years or so. The annual alcohol production doubled from 887.2 million liters in 1992-93 to 1,654 million liters in 1999-2000 and almost trebled to 2,300 million liters by 2007-08. The present average alcohol production from molasses in the country is around 2,500 million liters per annum.(Reference Opportunities For Green Chemistry Initiatives: Molasses Based Distilleries, 2014).
There are about 356 molasses based distilleries in the country, out of these only 141 distilleries are attached to sugar factory. In Maharashtra total number of distilleries is 81 out of which 59 are associated with sugar factories. The total installed capacity of molasses based distilleries in the country is about 4,230 million liters per annum. Manufacture of alcoholic beverages from the alcohol is also an attractive diversification as there is a great demand for the beverages. Moreover, diversification by the way of manufacturing alcohol based chemicals, such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, ethyl acetate, ethyl benzene, vinyl acetate etc., would be a big boon to the distillery.
1.5 Scope of the Study
This EIA report has been complied with the Terms of Reference (TORs) formulated and presented by the Industry as well as those additionally issued by the MoEFCC. Compliance towards ToRs granted have been summarized hereunder.
Table 1.3 Summary of Terms of References (ToRs)
No. List of TORs Compliance Chapter/ Appendix
Section Page No.
A Standard Terms of Reference1. Executive Summary2. Introduction
6
No. List of TORs Compliance Chapter/ Appendix
Section Page No.
i Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation
Chapter 11 11.1 215
ii Information about the project proponent Chapter 1 1.2 1 iii Importance and benefits of the project Chapter 1 1.4 2
3. Project Descriptioni Cost of project and time of completion. Chapter 2 2.5 18
ii Products with capacities for the proposed project.
Chapter 2 2.6.1 20
iii If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.
Chapter 2 2.4 & 2.6.1
20 & 21
iv List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.
Chapter 2 2.6.2 21
v Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities
Chapter 2 2.6.2.1 21
vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.
Chapter 2 2.7.2, 2.7.1.2 & 2.7.6
32, 38, 39
vii Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)
Chapter 2 2.2.1, 2.6.4 &
2.7.1
14,22 &31
viii Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (Quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided.
Chapter 2 2.6.3 23
ix Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.
Chapter 7 7.4.2.1 187
x Expansion / modernization proposals: a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s)
including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall beattached as an Annexure. A certified copy ofthe latest Monitoring Report of the RegionalOffice of the Ministry of Environment andForests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012on the status of compliance of conditionsstipulated in all the existing environmentalclearances including Amendments shall beprovided. In addition, status of compliance ofConsent to Operate for the ongoing existingoperation of the project from SPCB shall beattached with the EIA-EMP report.
Appendix B
246
b. In case the existing project has not obtainedenvironmental clearance, reasons for not
NA - -
7
No. List of TORs Compliance Chapter/ Appendix
Section Page No.
taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.
4. Site Details i Location of the project site covering village,
Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered
Chapter 2 2.3 14
ii A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
Chapter 3 3.3.2 53
iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Chapter 5 5.3 168 iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the
site. Chapter 2 2.3 14
v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.
Chapter 3 3.2 50
vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
Appendix A
245
vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
Chapter 3 3.12.6.1
105
viii Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area).
Chapter 2 2.4 18
ix A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area
Chapter 2 2.5.1 18
x Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.
Chapter 3 3.6 75
xi Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km
Chapter 3 3.5 72
8
No. List of TORs Compliance Chapter/ Appendix
Section Page No.
radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)
xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.
NA - -
xiii R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.
NA - -
5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):
i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)
NA - -
ii Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)
Chapter 3 3.3 52
iii Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.
NA - -
iv The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.
NA - -
v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.
NA - -
vi Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.
Chapter 2 2.2 14
6. Environmental Status i Determination of atmospheric inversion level at
the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and
Chapter 3
3.7.2.1 81
9
No. List of TORs Compliance Chapter/ Appendix
Section Page No.
direction and rainfall. ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
Chapter 3 3.8.3 75
iii
Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.
Annexure III
492
iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEFCC guidelines.
Chapter 3 3.9.2 85
v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEFCC, if yes give details.
NA - -
vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.
Chapter 3 3.9.4.2 88
vii Noise levels monitoring at 7 locations within the study area.
Chapter 3 3.10 93
viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Chapter 3 3.4.4 62 ix Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles,
frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.
Chapter 2 2.6.2.1 24
x Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule- I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.
Chapter 3 3.12 101
xi Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter 3 3.11 95 7. Impact and Environment Management Plan
i Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on Site - specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for
Chapter 4 4.3.1.1 124
10
No. List of TORs Compliance Chapter/ Appendix
Section Page No.
determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
ii Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body
NA - -
iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum-rail transport shall be examined.
Chapter 2 2.6.2.2 22
iv A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.
Chapter 2 2.7.2 37
v Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards
Chapter 2 2.7.2 37
vi Measures for fugitive emission control Chapter 4 4.3.1.2 132 vii Details of hazardous waste generation and their
storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
Chapter 2 2.7.6 39
viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.
Chapter 2 2.7.2 37
ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
Chapter 2 2.8 41
11
No. List of TORs Compliance Chapter/ Appendix
Section Page No.
x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources
Chapter 2 2.9 45
xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.
Chapter 2 2.7.11 41
xii Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.
Chapter 9 9.5 208
xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.
Chapter 7 7.10 198
8. Occupational health i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the
occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers
Chapter 2 2.7.11 41
ii Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.
Chapter 6 6.3.7 172
iii Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,
NA - -
iv Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.
Appendix K
- 427
9. Corporate Environment Policy i Does the company have a well laid down
Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.
Chapter 7 7.11.4 200
12
No. List of TORs Compliance Chapter/ Appendix
Section Page No.
ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
Chapter 9 9.2 203
iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given
Chapter 9 9.2 203
iv Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report
Chapter 9 9.2 203
10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.
Chapter 2 2.2.1 14
11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project
cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.
Chapter 6 6.3.9.2 174
12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.
NA - -
13 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.
Chapter 1 1.5 5
B Specific Terms of Reference 1 Complete process flow diagram describing each
unit, its processes and operations in production of sugar, along with material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance).
Chapter 2 2.6 30
13
No. List of TORs Compliance Chapter/ Appendix
Section Page No.
2 Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Efforts to minimize effluent is charge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.
Chapter 2 2.6 20
3 Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect to fall concerned / regulated environmental parameters.
Chapter 2 2.7.1.3 32
4 Number of working days of the sugar production unit.
Chapter 2 2.5 18
5 Details of the use of steam from the boiler. Chapter 2 2.6.2.4 22 6 Details of proposed source-specific pollution
control schemes and equipments to meet the national standards.
Chapter 2 2.7.2 38
7 Collection, storage, handling and transportation of molasses.
Chapter 2 2.6.2.2 22
8 Collection, storage and handling of bagasse and pressmud.
Chapter 2 2.6.2.3 23
9 Fly ash management plan for coal based and bagasse and action plan.
Chapter 2 2.7.10 41
10 Details on water quality parameters such as Temperature, Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coli form bacteria etc.
Chapter 3 3.9 85
11 Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, stack and fugitive emissions for PM10, PM2.5,SO2*, NOx*, etc., and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meet standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As applicable)
Annexure I - 460
14
CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Type of Project
The proposed project by Jakraya Sugar Limited (JSL) is an expansion project. Hereunder, expansion of existing sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery would be undertaken. Accordingly, crushing of sugar factory would be increased from 4,900 TCD to 7,500 TCD, co-gen plant from 11 MW to 30 MW anddistillery from 30 KLPD to 200 KLPD using Molasses / Sugar cane juice.
2.2 Need of Project
India is the largest producer of sugarcane and sugar. Sugar factories survive in healthy condition if and if only by developing sugar factory into an affiliated complex to utilize the valuable by-products more profitably. Molasses is one most important by-product of the sugar industry. The profits earned by conversion of molasses into alcohol are much higher than that of sale of molasses alone. There is a good demand for ethanol to reach fuel requirement of the country. Bagasse based co-generation of steam and electricity is more effectively practiced to fulfil electricity demand for rural area as well as industry. Other benefits of this project is mentioned below.
2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential
Socio-economic status of people in the study area in terms of local employment and contract basis jobs will improve by expanding this project. It also provides employment opportunities to the skilled and semi-skilled local populace, especially in small-scale business and other related services.
A question was raised during public hearing regarding manpower details. Project proponent replied that the proposed activity could provide employment opportunities to the skilled and semi-skilled local populace, especially in small-scale business and other related services. Table 2.1 gives details about the number of workers employed in the existing set up as well as those to be employed under and proposed activities.
Table 2.1 Details of Manpower
Sr. No.
Unit Existing Expansion Other Staff Unskilled Skilled Unskilled Skilled
There is a good demand for products from proposed manufacturing in India as well as abroad. Moreover, the electricity produced from co-gen shall be taken to switch yard from where it would be fed to MSEB grid. Some part of electricity shall be used for meeting captive needs in the industrial complex.
2.3 Project Location
Present set up of the industry is located on Gat. No. 61-A, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, at Watwate, Tehsil - Mohol, Solapur District in Maharashtra. Geographical location of the site
15
is75°38'52.17” E longitude and 17°34'21.01"N latitude. While making selection of site for existing activities of JSL, certain aspects were taken in to consideration prominently. The same were namely – (1) availability of all basic facilities like water, electricity, man power, raw material such as Sugar cane etc., (2) Solapur district had rail and road links to prominent market places so that procurement of raw material as well as marketing of finished product was easier and economical, (3) availability of good communication facilities, (4) no rehabilitation and resettlement required, (5) no national park is located in immediate vicinity of the project site. Refer Figure 2.2 for Google image of study area within 10 Km radius of the JSL plant.
Table 2.2 Salient Features of the JSL Project Site
2. Total Land Acquired (Sugar, Co-gen& Distillery)
225,133Sq.M. (22.51 Ha)
3. Elevation 458 M above MSL 4. Nearest Habitation Watwate Village 1.92 Km 5. Nearest City Solapur(36Km) 6. Nearest Highway NH- 9 (34.7 Km) &SH-149 (11.2 Km
from manufacturing units.) 7. Nearest Railway Track from Project Site Pakani railway station (25.6 Km)
Solapur railway station (32.4 Km) 8. Nearest airport Solapur airport (39.3 Km). 9. Nearest tourist places Bhuikot fort (Solapur)33.5 Km 10. Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius 11. Archaeological important Nil within 10 Km radius 12. Ecological sensitive zones ESZ - GIB 13. Reserved /Protected forest / National Parks/
Wildlife Sanctuary (from Project Site) Yes, boundary of Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Sanctuary is located 4.70 km from site. As per Supreme Court Orders finalization of Eco Sensitive Zone (ESZ) for GIB is in process. Draft Notification is presented on MoEFCC website; till then, area of 10 km from boundary of GIB sanctuary as ESZ is to be presumed as per Supreme Court Order.
JSL is located in Mohol Taluka, Solapur District, Maharashtra state. Total land was owned by Mr. Birappa Bhagwan Jadhav, Founder chairman of JSL, Watwate. Thereafter, in May 2007 the company was registered under the Companies Act 1956 (No. 1 of 1956) by Govt. of Maharashtra. First trial season for sugar factory having initial crushing capacity about 2500 TCD was taken in the year 2010-11.The 11 MW bagasse based Co-generation Plant of the Mill was commissioned in March 2011. Distillery unit was commissioned in 2015 for 30 KLPD capacity. Today the mill has established itself as a leading sugar mill, not only in Maharashtra but also in the entire country.
Figure 2.2 Google image showing Site history
Land use Status of Site during first crushing season (26-04-2011)
Landuse Status of Site at present (11-02-2019)
18
2.4 Details of Land Requirement
Total land area acquired by the JSL is 225100 Sq. M. Detailed area statement is given below -
Table 2.3Area Statement of JSL
No Units Area Details 1 Existing Built - Up Area
(Including roads & open concreted area) 31000 Sq. M.
2 Proposed Built - Up Area 21100 Sq. M. 3 Open Space Available 97900 Sq. M. 4 Existing Green Belt Area (32% of total plot area) 73200 Sq. M.. 5 Proposed Green Belt 1900 Sq. M.
Total Plot Area 2,25,100 Sq. M.
Refer Appendix–A for plot layout plan of project site.
2.5 Project Operations, Approvals and Implementation
Presently, in integrated project complex of JSL, following projects are in operation –
1. 4,900 TCD Sugar Factory (Installed 2500TCD in operation as per MPCB Consent & additional 2400 TCD is yet to commissioned)
2. 11MW Co- Gen Plant 3. 30KLPD Molasses Based Distillery
The 30 KLPD distillery was granted Environmental Clearance (EC) by 'Ministry of Environment, Forest (MOEF), Govt. of India in the year 2015. As per the prevailing acts and rules; the existing 4,900 TCD sugar factory and co-gen plant of 11 MW of JSL did not require obtaining EC permission. However, both the sugar factory (For 2500 TCD; Further CTO for additional 2400 TCD is in process.) and co-gen have been granted Consent to Operate (CTO) by MPCB. Also, 30 KLPD distillery have granted CTO by MPCB. Refer Appendix – B, for details of Consent copies &Environmental Clearance copy for the existing units.
The proposed project would be implemented only after procurement of all approvals and permissions namely EC; consents from MPCB, permissions from various other Govt. departments etc. The overall planning of proposed projects shall be done in such a manner so that the most care of safety norms and environment protection shall be taken.
Project details in respect of days of operation in respect of JSL sugar factory; distillery and co-generation plant are given in Table 2.4.
No Activity Date of Approval / Implementation schedule
1 Grant of EC by MoEFCC December 2019 2 Construction and Erection of Machinery March 2020 3 Application for Consent to Operate from MPCB April 2020 4 Trials & Commissioning of plant September 2020
Following table represents details about the equipments for establishment as well as proposed expansion project of JSL.
Table 2.6 List of Equipments under Existing & Proposed Sugar Factory& Co-gen plant
feeding depth 902 mm, horizontal length- 55M, angle of inclination-16° drive motor- 60 H.P. VFD
2 Feeder Table 2No. :Size- 6 M x 7 M driven by 15HP. VFD Motor each.
3
Cane Carrier – Main Width- 1700 mm, feeding depth-1300mm, horizontal length - 55 M, Sprocket canter- 52 M. drive motor- 60 H.P. VFD
4 Cane (Leveler) Chopper Chopper on Aux. Carrier-No of knives – 36 Nos. :Dia. 1600mm, R.P.M.-300, drive motor-_150 H.P. Chopper on Main cane carrier- No or knives 48, size- 1600 mm x 1700mm, R.P.M.- 500 drive motor- 300 H.P.
Evaporator Suitable Capacity MEE to concentrate raw spent wash
4. Spray Dryer Dryer for Spentwash treatment.
2.6 Technology and Process Description
2.6.1 Product
A question was raised during public hearing regarding production of sugar. Consultant replied that. “11% of sugar production gets out of the total sugarcane crushing. But Project Proponent decided to produce alcohol from sugarcane juice, as further production of Ethanol will be profitable.” The details of products that are being manufactured under existing sugar factory, co-gen &distillery as well as those to be manufactured under expansion are as follows –
The by-products generated from sugar factory area in the form of molasses, bagasse & Pressmud. Molasses/cane juice & bagasse would be used as raw materials for production of alcohol and power respectively. Pressmud would be used as manure.
2.6.2 Raw Material for Integrated Project
2.6.2.1 Sugar Factory
Table 2.9 List of Raw Materials for Integrated Industrial complex
Industrial Unit
Name of Raw Material
Quantity Source
Sugar Factory
Existing (4900TCD)
Expansion (2600 TCD)
Total (7500TCD)
Sugarcane 4900 MT/D 2600 MT/D 7500 MT/D Near By Farms Lime 5.16 MT/D 2.4 MT/D 7.56 MT/D Local Vendors
Bagasse 1500 MT/D 796 MT/D 2,296MT/D Own Sugar Factory
Sugarcane as raw material for sugar factory shall be made available from nearby farms in 25 Km area from the factory. During cultivation of sugarcane in farms, farmers inform the field men of JSL (who are appointed region wise) regarding the start of cultivation. Later on, the field men submit the information to sugar factory office. Accordingly, days of maturation of sugarcane cultivation are calculated and labors as well as vehicles are forwarded by the industry to the individual farms for its harvesting. Subsequently, this harvested cane is brought to sugar factory site and consumed for processing within 24 hrs. The vehicles filled with cane wait in parking lot for their turn and directly dump their contents on the carrier chain leading to mills. Hence, no any bulk storage of sugarcane is done on site. Sugarcane shall be transported to site through various means of transportation viz. bullock carts, trucks and tractor trolleys. Ample parking space is provided at industry site, for the bullock carts and other vehicles.
Table 2.10 Cane Availability for Sugar Factory
No. Description Remarks 1 Share Holders 16,300 No. 2 Land under cane crop of each share holder (Ask Factory) Average 1.25 acre3 Land Registered – Share Holder
–Non-Share Holder 8,000 Ha 5,700 Ha
4 Total land under cane crop of both shareholders & non share holders
10,000 Ha
5 Average yield of cane 100 MT/Ha 6 Cane available for shareholders farms 8,00,000 MT 7 Cane available from non-shareholders farms 5,70,000 MT 8 Total cane available 13,70,000 MT 9 Avg. distance of cane transportation from sugar factory 35 Km.
Refer Table 2.9 for list of raw materials for distillery.
Table 2.13 Molasses / Sugarcane for Juice Availability
No. Description Quantity 1 Sugar cane crushing 7,500 TCD2 Sugarcane Juice from 7500 TCD sugar factory 2,857 MT/Day3 Total Crushing 13,50,000 MT/ Season4 Total Cane Juice 5,14,260 MT/Season5 Molasses quantity generated @ 4% 300 MT/ Day6 Molasses quantity generated during season (180 Days) 54,000 MT/ Season7 Daily Molasses required for distillery 741 MT/Day8 Total Molasses required for distillery (330 Days) 2,44,530 MT9 Additional molasses will be purchased from outside parties 577 MT/Day
10. In light of non-availability of Molasses, cane juice will be used as raw material for distillery
2,857 MT/Day
After commissioning of the project, additional molasses will be procured through online tender from nearby industries.
Table 2.14 Details for Molasses Storage
No. Description Details Existing Expansion
1 Capacity of Tank 5,600 MT Each
15344 MT 8,400 MT 15344 MT Each
3 No. of tanks 2 No. 1 No. 1 No. 3 No. 4 Covered / Uncovered Covered Covered Covered Covered 5 Dimensions of Tank Diameter :
23 M Height : 9.75 M
Thickness : 8 mm
Diameter : 34.100 M Height : 12.00 M
Thickness : 8 mm
Diameter : 27 M
Height : 10.50 M
Thickness : 8 mm
Diameter : 34.000 M Height : 12.00 M
Thickness : 8 mm
Table 2.15 Details of Alcohol Transport (After Expansion)
No. Product Type of Vehicles
Daily No. of Vehicles
Avg. Capacity of Vehicles
Daily Quantity of Material
1 Alcohol Tankers 11 18 KL 198 KL
23
2.6.2.3 Co-generation Plant
Refer Table 2.9 for list of raw materials for co-generation plant. Table 2.16 Bagasse Availability
No. Description Quantity 1 Sugarcane Crushing 7,500 TCD 2 Working days of Sugar Factory 180 Days 3 Total Crushing 13,50,000 MT/Season 4 Bagasse quantity generated @ 30% of cane crushed 2250 MT/Day 5 Total bagasse quantity during season 4,05,000 MT/Season 6 Daily bagasse required for Co-gen 2296 MT/Day 7 Bagasse required during season (180 Days) 4,13,280 MT/Season 8 Bagasse required during off season (30 Days) 67,800 MT/off season 9 Bagasse to be purchased after expansion 76,080 MT/Season
Note - After expansion, the entire biogas to the tune of 50000-55000 M3/D would be used in co-gen boiler.
Table 2.17 Details for Bagasse Storage
Bagasse Yard Area (Sq. M.) Mode of Storage Existing 1,952 Bagasse is stored in dedicated separate yard in own
premises. Proposed 1,000 Total 2,952
Bagasse yard is surrounded by plantation for dust attenuation. Bagasse is transported to co-gen boiler through the conveyors which are adequately covered.
Press mud will be mixed with Potash rich powder & sold as manure.
2.6.2.4 Details of steam consumption
Table 2.18 Steam Balance
Sr. No. Description Steam Consumption in Tones per Hour (TPH)
Sugarcane harvested by manual (Labors) is transported for crushing in trucks, tractors & bullock carts is weighed & unloaded on feeding table. It is fed in the cane carrier. It is leveled with the help of kicker to avoid jamming of carrier. Cane is cut into very small pieces with fibriser which contains hammers. Thus prepared cane is taken in mills for extracting the juice and the bagasse is used for boilers as fuel. Excess bagasse is stored in bagasse yard. The collected juice from all the 4 mills is called mixed juice taken for process. It is measured by flow meter, heated up to 70o C – 75o C. Then milk of lime (10% Son) &sulphur dioxide is added in the vessel called sulphiter. pH is maintained between to 6.9 to 7.1. Again it is heated up to 102oCto 105oC.It is collected in clarifier/dorr where retention time of juice is 2 -2½ hr. Muddy juice is settled and upper clear juice is taken in evaporator for evaporation. Here juice is concentrated. The remaining mass called syrup is taken for further process called crystallization. Muddy juice is taken in vacuum filter. Mud is washed, separated by rotary filter. Juice is recycled in mixed juice. Collected mud (pressmud) is sold as manure. Syrup is
24
boiled in vessel called vacuum pan under temperature, pressure & vacuum. sugar slurry is added as a seed for development of crystals. when the crystals are developed up to their required size the whole mass called massecuite along with mother liquor is dropped in crystallizer. It is then taken in centrifugal machines where sugar is washed with hot water. Mother liquor is separated from sugar & white crystal sugar is dropped in grasshopper. Hot & Cold air applied for drying. Dry Sugar is graded & bagged in PP bags in 50 kg packing as per requirement. It is 3rd stage (Massecuite) boiling system called A, B & C.
Mother Liquor (Molasses) of A & B boiling is used for process & that of C-boiling called final molasses is stored & sold to the License holders.
Figure 2.3 Process Mass Balance for Sugar Factory-7500 TCD & 30 MW Co-gen Plant
1st Effect Vapours to Heat Exchange 590 MT
Steam condensate 3150 MT to boiler
1844MT
Ash Quenching 5 CMD
Vacuum Pump Sealing 140 CMD
Mill Bearing 32 CMD
Condensate for Recycling 1906 M3
Multiple Effect Evaporation
Pressmud 300 MT
1875 MTvapours heat to Pan
1575 MT 2, 3 & 4 Effect Condensate
Vacuum 2935
Crystallizer 2966 MT Pan Condensate 1875 MT
Centrifuge 1200 MT Raw Water 1316 MT
Molasses 300 MT
Sugar 900 MT
evaporation loss during cooling
Condensate for centrifuge
109
109 MT Condensate for centrifuge
Imbibition water from Pan Condensate 1875 MT
Sugar Cane 7500 MT 2296 MT Bagasse for Boiler Fuel
Milling Section
Juice 7125 MT Sulphur 2.67 MT +
Lime 5 MT
Heat ExchangeCondensate 590 MT after
cooling use as raw material
Sediment; 150 MT Clarification of Juice
Steam; 3150 MT 6975
Vacuum filter
Washing 30 CMD
Brushing 135 CMD
Turbine cooling
975 CMD
Boiler 589 CMD
25
2.6.3.1. Storage Details of Product & By-products
Table 2.19 Storage Details of Product & By-products
No. Product &By-product Mode of Storage 1 Sugar Stacking in Godowns(P.P. Bags of 50 Kg. Capacity) 2 Molasses (By-product) Steel Tanks (Used for alcohol production) 3 Bagasse (By-product) Bagasse Yard (Burnt in boiler as fuel) 4 Press mud (By-product) Press mud Yard (Used as Manure / Given to outside
parties / Mixed with spent wash Powder & Sold as Manure.)
5 Potash Rich Powder (Mixed with Press mud)
Stacking in Godowns (P.P. Bags of 50 Kg. Capacity)
2.6.4 Manufacturing Process for Co-generation Plant
During public hearing, a question was asked regarding Electricity production. It was informed by the consultant that “30.0 MW will be produced & used in the production activities & remaining will be handed over to MSEB Grid.” Co-generation is broadly defined as the coincident generation of useful thermal energy and electrical power from the same input fuel. Thus, cogeneration can allow the energy consumers to lower their energy costs, through use of the energy normally wasted in conventional systems as losses. The useful thermal energy could be in the form of hot gases, hot liquids or steam; generally used for meeting the process and or heating requirements. When the thermal energy is required in the form of steam, industries employ steam boilers for raising the required steam at the required pressure and temperatures, suitable for the process.
Under proposed expansion project of sugar factory 7500 TCD of cane crushing shall be done in 24 hours (i.e.) 312.5 TCH. Also, the proposed co-gen plant would be sized considering operation at 7500 TCD crushing capacity. The power distribution system will also be sized to meet with the power requirement at 7500 TCD crushing level. The co-generation power export scheme for the JSL Plant consists of existing boiler having capacity 70 TPH and one proposed boiler of 90 TPH.
The existing co-generation power plant has a high pressure boiler of 70 TPH capacity. It generates superheated steam with temperature 485C+/-5C. Further, one single flow turbine of 11 MW capacity with working pressure configuration of 64 kg/cm2 and temperature 480°C is provided in the set up. The boiler are of two drum water tube membrane wall having total heating surface of 3,996 M2 and 3,773 M2, boiler feed water pump, wet scrubber, transfer pump, bagasse feeding system, ash handling system etc. Under expansion project, additional high pressure boiler of 90 TPH, with 72 kg/cm2 working pressure & 510C+/-5C superheated steam temperature configuration shall be employed with one matching 15 MW Back Pressure type Turbine.
Table 2.20 Electricity Distribution Details
No. Description Existing Expansion In Season Off Season In Season Off Season 1 In-house 5.0 MW 1.5 MW 7.5 MW 2.0 MW 2 Grid 4.0MW 6.5MW 17.9 MW 6.5MW Total 9.0 MW 8.0 MW 25.4 MW 8.5 MW
Soot blowing and other auxiliary consumptions like Steam Jet Air Ejector (SJAE) & Gland steam condenser (GSC) at high pressure, for de-aerator at low pressure. The auxiliary power
26
consumption for the power plant will be about 7% and 10% of generation during season and off season periods respectively.
Figure 2.4 Process Flow Chart Co-gen
A portion of the power generated in the turbo generators will meet the power requirements of the co-generation plant auxiliary loads and sugar plant loads. After meeting the in-house requirements, the plant can export a net power during cane crushing season and during off-season, under normal operating conditions. The electricity requirement shall be met from co-gen turbine. Following table gives distribution of generated electricity during season and off-season.
2.6.5 Manufacturing Process for Distillery
2.6.5.1 Alcohol production from Molasses / Sugarcane juice
Molasses is stored in mild steel storage tank. Proper care is taken to cool down molasses before it goes to molasses tanks. Then the molasses is pumped from the MS storage tanks to weighing scales. Here it is weighed on automatic weighing scales and then fed for further processing.
For alcohol production from cane juice, the juice as obtained from cane crushing is heated and concentrated up to syrup stage (before crystallization) as in sugar manufacturing. This syrup of appropriate consistency (Bricks) is then cooled up to proper temperature (room temperature or slightly more) and taken for fermentation. In fermenters, yeast is added to syrup and further process is conducted similar to that in the case of molasses presented below. In the production of ethyl alcohol from molasses, two major steps are involved.
1) Fermentation of Molasses 2) Distillation of the fermented wash for recovery and concentration of alcohol.
To Boiler Steam to
2 Boilers of 70 & 90 TPH
Single Extraction
Cum Condensate
Steam for Process of Sugar
Back
Pressure Turbine
To Process Condensate return to Boiler
Feed Water Tank
Condensate
To Grid
For in Plant Use
Make up Water
27
Fermentation –
Fermentation is bio chemical process in which organic compounds converted in to simple organic molecule with the help of microorganisms like yeast by specific type of organisms. For the fermentation process, most essential yeast bio mass is required, this required bio mass is firstly inoculated in laboratory under aseptic condition, this inoculated culture transferred in to different capacities of culture vessels for the increasing the yeast bio mass as per required fermentation process.
Fermentation Process –
This system consists of 3 no’s of fermenters having same capacity. The prepared culture bio mass is transferred to fermenter no 1 & molasses feeding as per depending upon the sugar concentration in which is present in molasses continuously through broth mixers due to molasses is a think syrup water & spent work is directly added in fermenter. This fermenter work is under in aerobic condition in fermenter no 1 for maintaining the bio mass to given air through sparager for healthy growth for yeast cells. we are adding the Urea &DAP as a nutrient. Fermentation process is exothermic process at the time of reaction temperature of the wash increases. This temperature is maintaining in between 30 to 320c through plate heat exchanger using cooling water. After sufficient level of 1st fermenter the overflow taken in 2nd , 3rd ,& 4th fermenter visually . In fermentation process sugars converted alcohol& co2, that co2 are scrubbed through co2 blower in 2nd ,3rd ,& 4th fermenter works under anaerobic condition. This scrubbed co2 is return feed to 2ndfermenter,3rd& 4th fermenter through sparger to controlled the multiplication of yeast & to produce maximum alcohol .we are giving molasses & water feeding to 2nd,3rd as process calculation. Fermenter no 2,3,& 4 given plate heat exchanger to maintained temperature of fermentated wash all four Fermenters given safety system at the time of fermentation process to produce inert pressure in fermenter ,increased the inert pressure to release that safety system. After completion of fermentation process, fermented wash transferred to YST tank to settle the sludge & super dent wash transfer to CVT tank. This fermentated wash is transfer to distillation for further separation of alcohol from wash. Distillation Section–
Distillation is physical process in which to separate the mixture of compounds by the virtue of their different boiling points. The distillation plant consist of four column system having analyzer Pre-rectified, Rectified cum exhaust &Fusel oil concentration column. Analyzer Column :-
The fermented wash from CWT tank is pumped & pre-heated through PHE to increase the temperature of wash .The CWT was temperature is 300c & heated up to 68 o to 700c using the spent wash from analyzer column. in PHE the heat transfer takes place &spent wash temperature decreases up to 35oto 40oc.This hot fermented wash is then feed to the top of analyzer column .feed flow to the column is measured by using a magnetic flow meter .Analyzer column is operating under vacuum 490-500mm. Hg vacuum is created by using water ring vacuum pump & vacuum in the column is maintained by manual valve. Analyzer column is provided with thermo siphon re-boiler is provided with a standby arrangement. Re-boiler connection shell side is a top rectifier column vapors’ & tube side circulated the spent wash. Analyzer column maintained the top temperature 72 o to 74oC& bottom temp.80 to 82oC .The vapor draw top to feed the pre- rectifier column. Spent wash is coming out of the analyzer bottom it is used to pre-heating of fermented wash then drained to the gutter. Pre-rectifier Column-
28
Pre-Rectifier column is consist of 5th segment upper three are copper metal & remaining are s. s its having 56 bubble cap trays. Pre-rectifier column is operating under pressure. The column is maintained the top temp.49-50oc & bottom temperature is 60-62oc the vapors coming out of the top the pre-rectifier column are feed to the condenser -1 they are partially condensed & balance alcohol vapors pass through the condenser -2 &then collected to the pre-rectifier reflux tank is feed to the Rectifier cum exhaust column. Extractive Distillation Column-
Extractive Distillation Column is consist of 8th segment upper three are copper metal & remaining are s. s. it’s having 45 bubble cap trays. Extractive Distillation Column is operating under vacuum 390-400mm.Hg.The column is maintained the top temp.49-50oc & bottom temp. is 60-62oc .Concentrated alcohol draw from pre – rectifier column is fed to Extractive Distillation column for purification. Dilution water is added in this column for concentrating higher alcohol at the top. Top of this column is condensed in its condensers and fed to recovery feed tank while bottoms are fed to rectifier cum exhaust column for concentration. Rectifier cum Exhaust –
Rectifier cum exhaust column is consist of 8th segment upper three are copper metal & remaining are s. s. it’s having 72 bubble cap trays. The column operating under applied pressure 24-2.5 bar (A).Temperature maintained of the top 99-100oc & bottom is 125-127oc steam is applied to bottom through valve having temp.170-200oc & pressure 2.2-2.5kg/c.m2. The column feed is given from pre-rectifier bottom before it is the pre heated through spent less. Rectifier spirit vapors coming out of from top of the column these are partially condensed shell side of analyzer re boiler & remaining alcohol vapors are condensed in analyzer re boiler vent. The totally condensate alcohol-water mixture collected in rectifier reflux tank & then circulated the top of rectifier column through by pumps. LFO & HFO draw temp should maintain in between 101-103oc &109-114oc resp. The draw are taken to the fusel oil cooler then feed to fusel oil conc. Column. Rectified spirit draw collected from upper tray of the column & sent to R.S. cooler. Spent less coming out of the exhaust column bottom it is used to pre heated of rectifier feed then drained to gutter. Simmering Column –
Simmering exhaust column is consist of 5th segment of Copper metal its having 50 bubble cap trays. The column operating under applied pressure 24-2.5 bar (A).Temperature maintained of the top 72-74oc & bottom is 99-100oc steam is applied to bottom through valve having temp.170-200oc & pressure 2.2-2.5kg/c.m2. Simmering column is operated under high reflux for better separation of methanol and dactyls. Final ENA product draw is taken from the bottom of this column. Heat integration and energy input points.
1. Condensing steam through a vertical Thermosyphon Reboiler provides energy to rectifier cum Exhaust Column.
2. Rectifier cum Exhaust column meets the energy requirement of Analyzer cum Degasifying column.
3. Supplying steam to Reboiler of the pre Rectifier Column provides energy to Pre – Rectifier Column.
4. Vapors of Pre – Rectifier column meet the energy requirement of Extractive Distillation Column and Simmering Column.
Flashing the steam Condensate will provide energy to Recovery column.
Fusel Oil Conc. Column
29
The column is operating under atmospheric pressure. steam is applied to bottom. The top & bottom temp. of column should be maintained 76-78oC& 100-102oC resp. The alcohol vapors condensed in 1&2 condenser is again refluxed to column. The impure alcohol draw taken from 1&2 condenser is again refluxed to column The impure alcohol draw taken from 1&2 condenser bottom &cool the impure cooler & then collected in receiver . The concentrated fusel oil recovers from column through decanter & collected to tank. Spent less coming out of the F.O.C. column from bottom & then drained to gutter. 2.6.5.1. Production of Ethanol (Dehydration with Molecular Sieve Process)
The rectified sprit from the rectifier is superheated with steam in head super heater. Superheated rectified sprit from feed super heater is passed to one of the pair of molecular sieve beds for several minutes. On a timed basis, the flow of superheated rectified sprit vapor is switched to the alternate bed of the pair. A portion of the anhydrous ethanol vapor leaving the fresh adsorption bed is used to regenerate the loaded bed. A moderate vacuum is applied by vacuum pump operating after condensation of the regenerated ethanol water mixture. This condensate is transferred from recycle drum to the Rectified Column in the hydrous distillation plant via Recycle pump. The anhydrous alcohol draw is condensed in product condenser and passed to product storage. The life of molecular sieve may be around five to seven years. However, the operating cost is considerably less than azeotropic distillation.
Table 2.21 Storage of Alcohol
No. Description Height of Tank (M)
Diameter of Tank (M)
Tank Capacity (Lakh lit.)
Existing Capacity
1 RS storage tank Tank No. 1 11.540 9.330 7.52 Tank No. 2 11.550 9.325 7.46
Total 14.98 2 Impure Spirit 7.100 6.090 1.89
3 ENA Tank No.1 11.600 9.325 7.39 Tank No. 2 11.540 9.310 7.58 Total 14.97
4 Ethanol Tank No. 1 11.540 9.315 7.42 Tank No. 2 11.600 9.330 7.48 Total 14.90
Expansion Capacity 1 RS storage tank
Tank (2 Nos.) 17.500 13.500 25.00 2 Impure Spirit 8.00 5.700 2.00 3 ENA
Tank (2 Nos.) 11.600 9.325 25.00 4 Ethanol
Tank (2 Nos.) 11.540 9.315 25.00 Firefighting
arrangement Hydrant / Fire extinguish
30
Figure 2.5 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 30 KLPD Distillery
Figure 2.6 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 200 KLPD Distillery
Above water is considered for worst case using Molasses, while using Sugarcane juice the water consumption will be much lesser than above.
2.7 Sources of Pollution and Their Control
The sources of pollution from existing and proposed operations in the JSL complex shall be mainly manufacturing operations and processes in the industry, boiler and stand by D.G., cooling towers etc. Detailed identification and quantification of impacts, due to above sources, are separated under various heads. They are – (1) Water Pollution, (2) Air Pollution, (3) Noise Pollution, (4) Hazardous Wastes, (5) Solid Waste, and (6) Land Pollution.
31
2.7.1 Water Pollution
A question was raised regarding recycling of Condensate water from sugarcane in Public Hearing. It was replied that, “There is 68% of water in the sugarcane. Almost 94-95% of water can be recycled and reused. Hence the project management has to take only drinking water from outside i.e. from local body.” The assignment w.r.t. water pollution aspect was done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare who is an in-house Functional Area Expert (FAE) for WP. Water pollution may be defined as presence of impurities in water in such quantities and of such nature that impair / restrict use of water for the stated purpose. In short, it can be said that the water is not potable.
Water consumption of sugar factory, co-gen plant and molasses based distillery is presented at table 2.22 & 2.23 respectively. Water permission letter is presented at Appendix - C along with.
Table 2.22 Water Consumption in Sugar factory & Co-gen Plant
Description Existing (M3/day) (4,900 TCD& 11 MW)
Total (M3/day) (7,500 TCD &30 MW)
Domestic # 50 65#(#5 + $60) Industrial a. Process *1,396 *2,134 b. Cooling Ω 637 Ω 975 c. Boiler Makeup #275 Ω 589 d. Lab& Wash Ω 20 Ω 30 e. DM Backwash Ω 70 Ω 110f. Ash Quenching Ω 2 Ω 3 Industrial Use(a+b+c+d+e+f)
2,400 (#275 + *1396+ Ω729)
*3,841 (*2134 + Ω1707)
Gardening 45 (Ω35+#10) 55 (Ω45+#10)
Grand Total 2,495
(#335+*1396+ Ω764) 3,961
(#15+*2134+ $60+ Ω1752) Note:#- Actual quantity of fresh water taken from Bhima river * - Sugarcane Condensate
c. Boiler makeup #29 #29 #29 d. Lab; Wash, Scrubber #6 ɸ 28 ɸ5 Industrial Use (a+b+c+d)
350 (#188 + *162)
2187 (#532 + ɸ 1655)
564 (ɸ32+#532)
Grand Total 360
(#198 + *162) 2197
(#537 + ɸ 1655+$5)574 (ɸ32+#537+$5)
Note: # -Actual quantity of fresh water taken from Bhima river. ɸ - Recycled water after proposed distillery CPU, $ - STP (proposed) Treated water
Note: Max fresh water consumption occurs in molasses based operations (Worst case)
2.7.1.1 Total Water Requirement in JSL Integrated Complex
32
Table 2.24 Water Requirement for Integrated Complex
No Activity Fresh Water Consumption (M3/Day)
Treated effluent / Condensate (M3/Day)
Total water (M3/Day)
1 Sugar (7500 TCD) & Co-gen (30 MW)
15 (2%) 3946 (98 %) 3961 (100%)
2 Distillery (200 KLPD)
537 (24%) 1660 (76 %) 2197 (100%)
Total 552 (9%) 5606 (91%) 6158 (100%)
For the working pattern in JSL complex, overall water requirement becomes as follows-
Total water consumption
For the Sugar Factory and Co-Gen plant; total fresh water requirement in a season of 210 Days shall be - 15 CMD X 210 Days = 3,150 M3/Season
For Distillery, total fresh water requirement in a season of 330 Days shall be 537 CMD X 330 Days = 1, 77, 210 M3/Season
Hence, total water requirement shall be – 1,80,360 M3/Season
From above calculations; it is seen that total fresh water requirement in JSL campus is 1,80,360 M3/Season. This figure works out to be 0.18 Million M3. The permission granted to JSL by Irrigation Department; Govt. of Maharashtra for lifting fresh water from the Bhima River reservoir is 0.20 Million M3, which is less than the actual usage under existing as well as expansion activities in the complex.
2.7.1.2 Domestic Effluent
The domestic effluent from existing activities of JSL sugar factory and co-gen plant is to the tune of 48 M3/ Day whereas from existing distillery is to the tune of 10 M3/ Day. Total domestic effluent from existing activity of JSL is 58 M3/Day. Same is being treated separately in septic tanks followed by soak pits provided in a decentralized manner. After implementation of expansion project, total domestic effluent from JSL campus shall be 70M3/ Day (domestic effluent from sugar factory & co-gen plant - 60 M3/ Day and to that of distillery 10 M3/ Day). Same shall be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and the treated effluent shall be utilized for gardening.
2.7.1.3 Industrial Effluent
Industrial effluent would be generated from the various industrial operations & processes in JSL complex. Details of effluents generated from existing and expansion activities in sugar factory, Co-gen plant and distillery are presented in following tables-
Table 2.25 Effluent Generation in Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant
Description Existing (M3/day) (4900 TCD & 11 MW)
Total (M3/day) (7500 TCD &30 MW)
Disposal
Domestic 48 60 Treated in proposed STPIndustrial a. Process 345 495
Treated in well designed upgraded Effluent
Treatment Plant (ETP)
b. Cooling B/d 60 95 c. Boiler B/d 25 59 d. Lab& Wash 20 29.5 e. DM Backwash 70 110 Industrial Use (a+b+c+d+e)
520 788.5
33
Table 2.26 Details of Effluent Generation in Distillery of JSL
Description Existing (M3/day)
After Expansion (M3/day)
Disposal
Domestic 10 10 Treated in proposed STPIndustrial
Process Fermentation dilution
Raw Spent wash-246
conc. spentwash - 100
Raw Spent wash –1600
conc. spentwash - 320
After expansion, raw sp. wash shall be bio-methanated followed by Conc. in MEE followed by drying to powder in spray dryer
Condensate- 162 Spent lees – 50
Condensate- 1280 Spent lees – 300 Treated in Condensate
Polishing Unit (CPU) and recycled back in process.
A question was raised during Public hearing regarding effluent generation after expansion activity. Consultant replied that, “It will be treated through primary, secondary and tertiary treatment and will be recycled and reused in the premises for development of green belt. The treated effluent through drip irrigation will be made available to local farmers.”
As per the CREP norms, effluents from sugar factory and co-gen plant would be generated @ 100 lit per MT of cane crushed. As shown in Table 2.25 & 2.26, subsequent to implementation of expansion, total effluent generated from sugar factory and co-gen plant activities to the tune of 788.5 M3/Day shall be forwarded to the existing ETP in the JSL premises which shall be duly and completely upgraded. Moreover, sugar condensate to the tune of 3786 M3/Day shall be treated in to sugar factory CPU installed for polishing of condensate water arising from cane crushing and subsequent processing of juice concentration. The ETP units comprises of namely Screen chamber & Oil & Grease trap, Anaerobic Lagoon - I, Aeration Tank – I, Primary Clarifier Tank, Secondary Clarifier Tank, treated water Sump, Dual Media Filter, Treated water Tank. The treated effluent shall be used for gardening and on shareholders farmland. As per CREP norms, 15 days storage capacity tank for treated water shall be provided on site.
Table 2.27 Dimensions of ETP units
No. Unit Dimensions No. of units 1 Screen Chamber (Existing Unit) 2.5 x 0.7 x 1.35 M 1 2 Oil & Grease (Existing Unit) 3.5 x 2.0 x 3.25 M 1 3 Equalization Tank 10 x 7.0 x 3.25 M 1 4 Neutralization Tank 1.5 x 1.5 x2.75 M 1 5 Primary Clarifier Tank 5.0 M Dia x 3.3 M 1 6 Aeration Tank 17.0 x 14.0 x 3.3 M 1 7 Secondary Clarifier Tank 6.0 M Dia x 3.0 M 1 8 Treated water tank 10.0 x 8.0 x 2.5 M 1 9 Storage Tank for Washing 5.0 x 4.0 x 2.5 M 1 11 Sludge Drying Beds 2.5 x 3.5 M 3
The flow chart of existing ETP is presented in Figure 2.7
34
Figure 2.7 Flow Chart of Sugar Factory ETP (After Expansion)
Figure 2.8 Sugar Factory ETP & Online Monitoring System
The effluent generated from 30 KLPD distillery is in the form of raw spentwash. Here, raw spentwash shall be treated in bio-methanation plant followed by concentration in MEE. This spentwash were used for bio-composting. After expansion, the spentwash generated from distillery will be bio-methanated followed by Conc. in MEE followed by drying to powder. Other effluents generated after expansion of distillery in the form of spent lees, cooling blow down, lab & washing shall be treated into distillery CPU and this achieves Zero liquid Discharge (ZLD).
35
Figure 2.9 Process Flow Diagram of Existing Sugar CPU
Figure 2.10 Process Flow Diagram of Proposed Distillery CPU
The spentwash from existing 30 KLPD distillery to the tune of 246 M3/Day is bio-methanated and consumed for bio-composting using pressmud and other filler material. Conc. Spentwash would dried to powder so as to achieve zero discharge of process effluent.
36
Table 2.28 Details of MEE
No. Description Details 1 Make Raj Process equipments Pune 2 Type Vacuum based Multi Effect forced circulation followed by
falling film evaporation system3 Efficiency 80 %
Moreover, one separate CPU under distillery shall be provided after expansion. The treated water from distillery CPU, becoming available would be used for dilution of molasses in the fermenters, boiler and cooling tower makeup thereby saving considerable fresh water quantity. Further, the condensate water form CPU of sugar factory shall also be used for various activities in sugar and co-gen plant operations. In fact, as shown in water budget at Table 2.22 & 2.23, total industrial water requirement for the integrated project complex of JSL is 6,158 CMD. As much as 5,606 CMD (91 %) of water requirement shall meet from treated condensates from sugar factory and distillery. The recycle of treated water from CPU would reduce proportionally fresh water demand thereby saving that much quantity of water to be taken from Bhima River. Refer Appendix D for Material balance of Existing Bio-composting process.
Figure 2.11 Cross Section of Spentwash Tank
Figure 2.12 Spentwash Lagoons
37
2.7.2 Air Pollution
Air Pollution can be defined as the presence in the outdoor atmosphere, of one or more air contaminants (i.e. dust, fumes, gas, mist, odour, smoke or vapour) in sufficient quantities, of such characteristics and of such duration so as to threaten or to be injurious to human, plant or animal life or to property, or which reasonably interferes with the comfortable enjoyment of life or property. The assignment w.r.t. Air Pollution (AP) aspect was done by In-house Functional Area Experts of EEIPL namely Dr. Sangram Ghugare, Mr. Yuvraj Damugade. In-house FAE Mr. Yuvraj Damugade was involved in the overall exercise w.r.t. Air Quality and Modeling studies i.e. AQ aspect w.r.t. the project.
During Public Hearing a question was raised regarding APC device. It was replied that, “The boiler which is attached to chimney will be provided Electro Static Precipitator, which gives the efficiency of 99.9%.” Under existing activities, 1 boiler of 70 TPH capacity is already installed. The same is provided with Wet scrubber as APC equipment followed by stack of 72 M height. Also, two D.G. sets of 625 KVA each are installed in existing unit which are only used during Turbine tripping. No new DG will install during expansion activity. Following table gives details of existing and expansion boilers, fuel pattern, stack etc.
5 Material of construction R.C.C MS R.C.C 6 Shape Round Round Round 7 Height, AGL 72 M 25 M 72 M 8 Diameter 4.2 M 0.3 M 4.2 M 9 Gas quantity, Nm3/Hr 127200 -- 165360 10 Gas Temp. 1500C -- 1500C 11 Exit velocity, m/sec. 10 -- 10 12 Pollution Control
equipment Wet Scrubber -- ESP
Note: After expansion, the entire biogas to the tune of 50000-55000 M3 day would be used in co-gen boiler. *Common stack of height 72 M will be provided for existing and expansion boiler.
Table 2.30 Details of DG Sets
No. Stack Number(s) DG set
1 Attached to- D.G. Set 2 Capacity 625 KVA – 2 Nos. 3 Fuel type HSD 4 Fuel quantity 90 lit/Hr - Each 5 Material of construction MS 6 Shape Round 7 Height, ARL 5 M Each 8 Diameter 0.1 M
38
Under expansion activity, a high-pressure boiler of 90 T PH shall be installed. Fuel for 90 TPH shall be bagasse to the tune of 39 MT/Hr & coal to the tune of 9.5 MT/Hr. This proposed boiler shall be provided with ESP followed by a common stack of 72 M height. Refer Appendix E for Stack Height Calculations.
Figure 2.13 Stack of Existing Boiler
Table 2.31 Fuel Storage Details
No. Fuel Type
Storage Type Dimensions / Area Days of Storage
Mode of Transportation
to Boiler1 Bagasse Bagasse Yard Yard No.1 – 0.29 Ha 365 Conveyor
Fugitive emission under existing and expansion activities of sugar factory shall be mainly the dust emissions. The sources of same are mill house, sugar bagging, bagasse yard, pressmud yard, internal kuccha roads, bagasse conveyor; feeding section and ash storage yard in co-gen plant, improper function of APC equipment etc. The trouble with dust in work zone and ambient atmospheres shall be controlled by certain dedicated measures. An action plan has been prepared in the industry that includes – proper exhaust and ventilation arrangements, monitoring of proper of working of pollution control equipment, proper handling; storage and disposal of dust collected, use of PPEs for staff and workers, augmentation of existing green
39
belt with adequate density and type to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises, provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete). 2.7.4 Process Emissions
The CO2 generation shall take place in fermenters of the distillery.CO2 to the tune of 150 MT/Day shall be released from 200 KLPD distillery plant. In a fermenter, sugar in the wash gets converted to ethyl alcohol through metabolic activities of yeast. Consequently, CO2 in evolved as emission of the bio-chemical reaction. CO2 has been labeled as one of the major gases responsible for the green-house effect, its release in the atmosphere has to be properly controlled. To curb this process emission CO2shall be bottled and supplied to manufacturers of beverages.
2.7.5 Solid Waste
Solid wastes from the industries are categorized as hazardous and non-hazardous. Waste that pose a substantial danger immediately or over a period of time to human, plant, or animal life are classified as hazardous wastes. Non- hazardous waste is defined as the waste that contributes no damage to human or animal life. However, it only adds to the quantity of waste. The assignment w.r.t. solid and hazardous waste was done by Empanelled Functional Area Expert Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula for SHW.
During public hearing, a question was asked regarding Solid waste generation & its disposal. It was informed that, “There is 68% of water in the sugarcane. Almost 94-95% of water can be recycled and reused.”
Table 2.33 Solid Waste Generation & Disposal
No Type of Waste Existing MT/D
After Expansion MT/D
Disposal
1 Boiler Ash (Co-gen-Bagasse)
22 29 Given to brick manufacturers or manure
2 Yeast Sludge 5 33 Used as Manure 3 ETP sludge 0.16 0.26 Sludge is utilized as manure. 4 CPU sludge 0.16 0.33 Used as Manure
*Agreement with brick manufacturer shall be done under proposed expansion.
The ash generated from the proposed boilers shall be collected separately. Water sprinkling arrangement shall be made to avoid suspension of fly ash into the air. Further ash generated from existing Co-gen boiler would be supplied to brick manufacturers or used as manure. After expansion ash generated from incineration boiler will be sold to brick manufacturer. Following table gives the details about storage of sludge generated from sugar and distillery. 2.7.6 Hazardous Wastes
A question was raised during Public Hearing regarding generation of Hazardous waste & method of its disposal. It was answered that. “There is no production of any hazardous solid waste in the project. The sludge from the yeast will be removed and will be used as compost.” The different types of hazardous wastes being generated from existing operations as well as those to be generated from proposed activities and their disposal methods are presented in following table.
Table 2.34 Details of Hazardous Waste
Sr. No.
Hazardous Waste Category
Quantity (MT/ M) Disposal Existing After Expansion
40
1 5.1- Used Oil 1.48 2.27 Burnt in boiler.
2.7.7 Noise Pollution
Noise is normally defined as objectionable or unwanted sound, which is without agreeable quality and essentially non-euphonious. The concern on noise depends upon the noise level near the source, on the work environment and near the residential zone. Earlier, noise was summarized to be exclusively an occupational problem. But, since the effects are found also on people who are not directly involved, it has acquired wider dimension. Hence it is necessary to know the noise levels near the sources as well as near the residential colonies. 2.7.8 Sources of Noise Pollution
In the Sugar factory, co-gen and distillery; noise generating sources generally are the boiler house, turbine rooms, cane crushing section and mill house, distillation section etc. The expected noise levels in these sections would be in the range of 60 to 65 dB (A). All preventive measures such as regular operation & maintenance of pumps, motors, and compressors would be carried out and enclosures would be provided to abate noise levels at source.
Adequate noise abatement measures like silencer would be implemented in this section. Moreover, enclosures to the machinery would be provided wherever possible. It is predicted from an experience elsewhere that the magnitude of noise levels, from various sources, to the human habitation at a distance of 0.5 Km would be around 12 dB (A). Therefore, there would be no any significant change in the background noise levels in the premises of the industrial unit. Already a green belt has been provided in and around the Industry. The same would be further augmented adequately and properly so that it would further attenuate the noise levels. The noise would also be created by movement of trucks/ tractor trolleys and other vehicles for material transportation. However, this would not be of a continuous nature and would not have much impact on the work environment of the project site. Insulation helps considerably in limiting noise levels. The workers entering the plant shall be protected by earmuffs, which would give the reduction of about 30 dB (A).
2.7.9 Odour Pollution
There are number of odour sources in existing distillery and sugar factory, which include molasses handling and storage, fermentation and distillation, bio-methanation, secondary effluent treatment and storage of effluents, stale cane, bad mill sanitation, bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains. The measures adopted under existing unit for controlling the same are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling, prompt & proper disposal of pressmud.
Under expansion of distillery project, spentwash shall be carried through closed pipeline for concentration in MEE. Hence, odour nuisance due to spentwash storage activity shall be entirely eliminated. To abate the odour nuisance, the JSL has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions-
1. It is proposed to provide covered fermentation, 2. Collection of waste yeast sludge from fermentation section in a closed system and its
immediate and proper disposal. 3. Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent leese) by adopting strategic approaches
such as use of the effluents back in process under Reduce-Reuse-Recycle planning.
41
4. Closed and online system for carrying spentwash to the treatment units, viz. Biomethanation Plant, MEE etc.
5. Suitable plantation of fragrant species in and around the treatment units, which can minimize undesirable smells.
6. Adoption of GMPs (Good Management Practices). 7. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. 8. Use of PPE like masks at odour prone areas. 9. India has very few trained and skilled manpower as per the requirement of international
practices for the odour monitoring and control. Therefore, the human resource shall be developed and continuous efforts will be made for upgrading the knowledge base and skill in this area. The human resource development shall include representatives from academic and national research institutions, state and central regulatory agencies.
2.7.10 Land Pollution
Land pollution may take place due to use of untreated effluent for gardening / irrigation purpose. Fly ash, if gets deposited and /or disposed on land in haphazard manner would lead to land pollution. Under expansion certain steps shall be taken and many advanced technologies shall be adopted that shall include – total revamping of existing sugar factory ETP with treatment up-gradation (two stage aeration), spentwash concentration in MEE. Replacement of old low capacity and low pressure boilers with high pressure and capacity boiler to be provided with Wet scrubber as APC equipment, adoption of automatic and continuous pollution monitoring equipment etc. Appropriate and adequate management practices including good housekeeping and periodic monitoring of various attributes contributing to dust shall considerably curb these types of emissions.
2.7.11 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection
The capital as well as O & M cost towards environmental aspects under the proposed expansion activities would be as follows –
Table 2.35 Capital As Well As O & M Cost (Existing & Proposed)
No. Description Cost Component (Rs. Crores)
Capital Annual O & MA Existing 1 APC system (Wet Scrubber + Stack (Height 72M) for Co-
gen Boiler, Online Monitoring System.0.35 0.03
2 Existing Sugar Factory CPU & ETP, Biomethanation 3.50 0.35 3 Noise Pollution Control 0.25 0.01 4 Environmental Monitoring & management 0.25 0.02 5 Occupational Health & Safety 0.50 0.05 6 Green Belt Development & Rain Water Harvesting 0.25 0.05 7 Existing CER 0.40 - Total 5.50 0.51
B After Expansion 1 90 TPH Boiler & ESP, Stack, Online Monitoring System 7.50 0.75 2 Spent wash storage tank, MEE, CPU, existing sugar factory
ETP up-gradation, Dryer 12.0 1.20
3 Noise Pollution Control 0.25 0.01 4 Environmental Monitoring & management 0.25 0.02 5 Occupational Health & Safety 0.50 0.05 6 Green Belt Development & Rain Water Harvesting 0.25 0.05 7 CER provision in 5 Years after grant of EC 3.50 -
42
No. Description Cost Component (Rs. Crores)
Capital Annual O & M Total 24.25 2.08 Grand Total (A + B) 29.75 2.59
2.8 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
The major impacts due to proposed expansion activities by JSL have been described above. Impact due to noise generation and particulate emission can be abated by plantation of green belt. Accordingly a comprehensive green belt has already been developed in JSL campus. Further, under proposed expansion augmentation of existing green belt shall be done in phase wise manner. Native and fast growing species shall be selected for green belt development.
2.8.1. Area Calculation for Green Belt Plan
Table 2.36 Area Details
No. Description Area (Sq. M.) A. Total plot area 2,25,133B. Total Built up area (Sugar, Co-gen, Distillery, Other) 31,000C. Total Open Area 1,19,033D. Existing Green Belt Area (32% of Total plot area) 73,200E. Proposed Green Belt Area under expansion (1% of Total plot area.) 1900F. Total Green belt – 33% of total Plot area 75,100
For detailed area break up of entire industrial complex Chapter 2 may be referred.
2.8.2. Existing Tree Plantation
Total open space available in the premises of JSL (including existing sugar factory, co-gen plant & distillery) is 22.51 Ha. As per MoEFCC norms, green belt should be developed on 33% of the total plot area of industry. Under existing setup of JSL an area of 73,200 Sq. M is under green belt which is32% of total plot area. The same is less than required norms of 33%. Under the present expansion green belt about 1,900 Sq. M area would bedevelop. Hence, ultimately total green belt after expansion will be 75,100 Sq. M. Refer Chapter 3 for Existing Green belt photographs & Table 2.38 for proposed G. B. Plan. 2.8.3. Proposed Tree Plantation
Table 2.37 Details of trees to be planted
Sr. No. Name of the plant Common Name QuantityCharacteristics & Ecological
Native, evergreen, fast growing, pollution tolerant
43
8 Cassia fistula Bahava 550
Native, ornamental, host plant for bees and butterflies.
9 Gmelina arborea Shivan 600 Native and pollution resistant
10 Pithecellobium dulce
Wilayati Chinch 600 Native, ornamental, host plant for bees and butterflies.
11 Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni 550
Native, evergreen, higher dust settling index
12 Swietenia mahogani
Mahogani 600 Native, evergreen, higher dust settling index
13 Aegle marmelos Bel 600 Native and pollution resistant
14 Holigarna grahamii
Ran Bibba 550 Native and pollution resistant
15 Ficus macrocarpa Nandruk 550 Native and pollution resistant 16 Melia azedarach Limbara 600 Native and pollution resistant 17 Bauhinia racemosa Apta 600 Native and pollution resistant
18 Neolamarckia cadamba
Kadamb 550 Native, Evergreen tree,
19 Lagerstroemia speciosa
Tamhan 600 Native, State flower of Maharashtra
20 Polyalthia longifolia
Ashoka 394 Air pollution absorbing species
Total 11494 2.8.4. Criteria for Green Belt Development
Emission of SPM, SO2 is the main criteria for consideration of green belt development. Plantation under green belt is provided to abate effects of the above emissions. Moreover, there would also be control on noise from the industry to surrounding localities as considerable attenuation would occur due to the barrier of trees provided in the green belt.
Preparation for Plantation:
Take pits of 2 X 2 X 2 ft. for good soil strata while 3 X 3 X 3 ft. for poor soils or murum strata.
Expose them to direct sun for 15 days Fill the pits as per availability of site soil-
o In case of shortage of good quality site soil : site soil (35%) + good fertile soil (35%) + good composted cow dung (30%) + Neem cake (200 gm)
o In case of good quality site soil: site soil (80%) + good composted cow dung (20%) + Neem cake (200gm) + leaf litter and grass or agri residue.
Plant appropriate sapling after rain starts Start watering after rains Make shade for saplings when temperatures rise, generally after February or March
depending upon local climate and condition of plants. This can be managed with bamboo sticks and locally available grass.
44
Table 2.38 Green Belt (GB) Design Details
Type of Plantation
Location on Plot GB Length
(M)
GB Width
(M)
GB Area (Sq. M)
No. of Tree Rows
Trees / Row
Total Trees
Trees Characteristics
A B C = A*B D = B/2.5 (2.5=
Dist. Bet. 2 Rows)
E = A/2.7 (2.7=
Dist. Bet. 2 trees)
F = D*E
Shelter Belt along
Compound Wall
North of Sugar plot 425 10 4250 4 157 628 Neem, Shisav, Karanj, Umbar, Wilayati Chinch, Saptaparni, Apta, Mahogani, Bel, Ran Bibba, Nandruk, Kadamb, Limbara
Trees with round & oblong canopy, native, evergreen, pollution resistant, fast growing, high dust settling index
East of Sugar plot 325 10 3250 4 120 480 South of Sugar plot 518 10 5180 4 192 768 West of Sugar plot 370 10 3700 4 137 548 North of Distillery plot 396 10 3960 4 147 588 East of Distillery plot 85 10 850 4 32 128 South of Distillery plot 480 10 4800 4 178 712
2.9 Rain Water Harvesting Plan Rain water harvesting could be of two types namely harvesting from ground and harvesting from rooftops. The quantity of harvested rainwater that becomes available during and after precipitation depends upon a number of factors such as area of land, nature of soil, impervious or paved areas, plantation on the land, average annual rainfall in the region, ambient temperatures of the region, wind direction and speed etc. A. The Rooftop Harvesting Here collection of the rainwater getting accumulated from direct precipitation on the total roof area is taken in to account. The rainwater thus becoming available from terraces as well as roofs of various structures and units in the industrial premises would be collected through arrangements of channels and pipes to be provided as per appropriate slopes at the roof level. The collected rain water would then be taken to ground and either stored in open excavated tanks / ditches in the ground or charged directly to bore wells to be provided in the premises. For the calculation of rain water quantity that is going to become available subsequent to rooftop harvesting, a computation method from the ‘Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering’ has been adopted. There under, A. N. Khosala’s formula has been followed. The calculations are as under- Average annual rainfall in the area = 625 mm. Now, as per “A. N. Khosala’s Formula”, the average annual accumulation can be calculated by using the following equation: R = (P- t / 2.12)
Where, R=Average annual accumulation in cm, for the catchment area. P=The corresponding average annual rainfall or precipitation, in cm, over the entire catchment. (In current case it is 625 mm i.e. 62.5 cm) t = Mean annual temperature in deg. Centigrade. (In current case it is 310C.)
The accumulation on the entire catchment area will be, R = (62.5 – 30/2.12) = 14.85 say 15 Cm. Volume acquired by this accumulation water will be, = 15 Cm Roof Top Area = 0.15 M 10,800 M2 = 1620 M3
Thus, about 1620 M3 of rainwater could become available during every season from the ‘Roof Top Harvesting’ operations. This when charged to open / bore wells would definitely have a positive impact on the ground water quantity. B. Surface Harvesting
Under this type of harvesting, the rainwater getting accumulated through surface runoff, from land area in the industrial premises, would be collected and stored in open excavated tanks / pits to be provided in the industrial plot. This harvested rainwater would recharge the ground water through actions namely seepage and infiltration to the aquifers. On the open land in the premises counter bunding, terracing and dressing would be done so as to divert the rainwater
46
as per natural slopes to various tranches excavated on the plot in a decentralized manner. The entire industrial premises would be divided in zones and the harvested water from such zone would be directed to the nearest available ditch / tank constructed as mentioned above. Further, the recharge points would be located as per geometry of zones.
(Total Plot Area) – (Built- up Area) = Available Area 225133Sq.M. – 31,000 Sq. M. = 194133 Sq. M.
Now, a. Average annual rainfall in the Solapur area – 625 mm b. Open land area in the industrial premises – 1, 94, 133 Sq. M. c. Type and nature of the area with about 30% area being impervious (paved). Here, areas
under curing roads, bagasse storage and ash storage come in the category of paved surfaces.
d. Type of land in Solapur is on an average flat. e. Value of Runoff Co-efficient based on type and nature of area as well as the land is 0.40 f. Runoff getting accumulated from the land area under Point No. b above-
1, 94, 133 Sq. M. X 0.625 M x 0.4 = 48,533.25 M3 Hence, the total water becoming available after rooftop and land harvesting would be 1620 +
48,533.25 = 50153.25 M3 i.e. 50 ML
CHAPTER 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Introduction
This chapter incorporates description of existing environmental status in the 'Study Area' which is a region within a circle of 10 Km radius with the industry at its center. The existing environmental condition of the study area is representative of impacts due to all the industries, units and projects in it and is described with respect to the topography, climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil characteristics, flora, fauna, socio-economic profile, land use and places of archaeological importance. The study area in respect of expansion project by JSL is located in Taluka Mohol, of Solapur district. The industrial site is located at Latitude 17°34'21.03"N&Longitude 75°38'52.33” E. 3.2 Land use and Land cover (LU&LC)
The assignment w.r.t. land use and land cover mapping of study area using LISS IV Satellite Image has been done by Mr. Vinay kumar Kurakula who is an empanelled FAE of EEIPL for LU & LC. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs. 3.2.1 Scope of Work
Major objective of the assignment was to prepare Land Use Land Cover map of the study area and simultaneously demarcating topographic features especially emphasizing drainage map of the region. 3.2.2 Study Area & Location
The study area is located in and around Mohol Taluka, South-East of Solapur city in the state of Maharashtra. For the present study, an area of 10 Km radius from JSL Plant (which comes about 314 Sq. Km) has been marked and selected as per guidelines. The location of JSL industry is shown on satellite image in Figure 3.3 and visual interpretation keys used for the study are given in Figure 3.4.The Population Census of Solapur District in 2011 is 43,15,527 of which male and female were 2,227,852 and 2,089,904 respectively. Average literacy rate of Solapur in 2011 was77.72 %.Male Literacy of Solapur is 86.35% while female literacy stands at 68.55%. 3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping
Land use study requires data regarding topography, zoning, settlement, industry, forest, roads and traffic etc. The collection of this data was done from various secondary sources viz. census books, revenue records, state and central government offices, Survey of India toposheets etc. and through primary field surveys as well as high resolution multi spectral satellite image from IRSRESOURCESAT 2 Satellite with LISS IV sensor. The date of passing of the image was 04.01.2018. The image has a spatial resolution of 5M X 5M. Apart from LULC Map topographic features of the region were extracted covering village locations, streams, roads, river in the satellite image. In addition to this, natural drainage network is also captured to prepare drainage map as required. The purposes of land use studies are–
• To determine the present land use pattern;
47
• To analyze the impact on land use due to industrial growth in the study area; • To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-à-vis growth of
industries in the study area and its associated impacts
3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis Land use Map Analysis done based on the image colour, texture, Tone etc. Following steps are used to analyze the Land use pattern of project site: • Collection of IRS Resourcesat-2 images and made fused and blended the images for
colour combinations using Image interpreter-Utilities and Layer stack option available in ERDAS.
• Identification Area of interest and made a buffer of 10km radius. • Enhance the Fused and blended IRS Resourcesat-2 image using the Spatial, Radiometric
and Temporal options in ERDAS. • Rectify the IRS Resourcesat-2 image using Geo-referencing technique, Toposheet to get
UTM coordinate system. • Subset the IRS Resourcesat-2 images and Toposheet using 10Km buffer AOI. • Automatic classifications done for IRS Resourcesat-2 images using maximum iterations
and number of options in unsupervised classification options. • Created the signature file by selecting the more samples of different features with AOI on
Unsupervised classification image. • Export to Vector layer from supervised classification image. • Conducting QC / QA and finalized the data.
Table 3.1 Satellite Data
No. Satellite Data Date Format 1 IRS–Resourcesat2 09-01-2018
27-01-2018 TIFF
Source: Obtained from NRSC, Hyderabad 3.2.5 Methodology
The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present study involves the following steps: • Satellite data of IRS Resourcesat-2 sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced using
principal component method and Nearest Neighbourhood re-sampling technique. • Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and from the
satellite image by visual interpretation. • Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use / Land cover map are
prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is carried out based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association, background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/ literature.
• Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps prepared.
• All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and drainages. In that process editing, labelling, mosaicing, quality checking, data integration etc are done, finally Land use areas are measured in Square Kilometers.
48
Figure 3.1 Process Flow Chart
49
Figure 3.2 Google Image Showing Study Area
50
Figure 3.3 Satellite Image
51
Figure 3.4 Visual Interpretation Keys used for the Study
Project Site
Settlement
Water Bodies
River
Crop Land
Fallow Land
Roads
Scrub
3.3 Land use Studies
It includes study of topographic features and land use under which area statistics for Land Use Land Cover classes and Land Use Land Cover statistics are included.
3.3.1. Land use of Study Area
Land use map developed was based on the image colour, texture, tone and also ground truth verification data. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as water bodies, agriculture land, etc.
The supervised classification of the satellite image yielded the following classes:
Table 3.2Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes
No. Classes Area Ha. % Remarks
1 Built Up Area 563 1.79 Built Up Area covers about 1.79 % of area within 10km
52
No. Classes Area Ha. % Remarks radius of study area. The surrounding villages around the project site are well developed with road electricity, and water connectivity.
2 Crop Land 14120 44.95 Most of the land use within the 10km radius buffer is crop land. The crop land covers about 44.95% area.
3 Fallow Land 8319 26.48
Fallow land, that cover about 26.48% area within 10km radius buffer. This fallow land is because of changing of crop type and leaving the land uncultivated to get fertile. Some of the fallow land is seen because of hilly region where there is lack of continuous water supply.
4 Water Bodies 51 0.16 There are very few water bodies in the study area and contributes to 0.16% of area within 10km radius from the plant site
5 River 430 1.37 There is a River in the study area and contributes to 1.37% of area within 10km radius from the plant site.
6 Grass Land with Open
Scrub 7932 25.25
It is found that the some part of study area is also covered with Open scrub covering about 25.25% of total study area.
Total 31415 100.00
Figure 3.5 Land Use Land Cover Statistics
3.3.2. Topographical Features
The topographical map of proposed site is of scale 1:50,000 which was obtained from Survey of India. The map is prepared with two topographical maps to cover the study area. Solapur district is situated on the southwest fringe of Maharashtra State. The district is having 11 Talukas and is surrounded by Sangli in the South; Satara, Pune in the West; Ahmednagar in the North and Osmanabad in Northeast side, Karnataka state towards south side.
1.79%
44.95%
26.48%
1.37%
0.16%
25.25%
Land Use Classification
Built Up Area
Crop Land
Fallow Land
River
Water Bodies
Grass land with open scrub
53
Figure 3.6 Topographical Map
54
3.3.3. Land Use Map
Land use map developed was based on the image colour, texture, tone and also ground truth verification data. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as water bodies, agriculture land, etc.
Figure 3.7 Land Use and Land Cover Map
55
3.3.4. Settlement Map The area has good literacy rate and there is a lot of development taking place in this area. All the villages are well connected with the roads. Because of existing sugar industry the area is well developed with proposer roads, water and electricity supply.
Figure 3.8 Settlement Map
56
3.3.5. Eco-Sensitive Map
Eco-sensitive map is a matter of more concern because the proposed project should not hamper the natural eco system and surrounding natural resources. The Eco- sensitive map of the proposed project site was developed on the Maharashtra state map showing all the eco-sensitive area of Maharashtra state. As per the map, there are no eco-sensitive zones falling within 10 km radius from the proposed project site.
Figure 3.9 Eco-Sensitive Map
57
3.3.6. Drainage Map The drainage map of the study area was mapped using the field data and topographical map. The drainage map shows that there are not many water bodies in the 10km radius of proposed project site.
Figure 3.10 Drainage Map
58
3.3.7. Contour Map The contours are digitized using the topographical maps with scale 1:50,000. The contours levels range from 440 to 500 mt in the 10 km buffer zone. The contour map has been developed with the contour interval of 20 M. In order to know the height information, the contour liners are indicated with different colours. The source of the contour is from survey of India, topographical map. The contour values are with reference to mean Sea level. The proposed site is located at a height of around 440 m from mean Sea level.
Figure 3.11 Contour Map
59
3.4 Soil Characteristics
3.4.1 Introduction
Agriculture is the main occupation pattern in the area. Hence, it is essential to determine agriculture potential of soil from the area and identify the impacts of urbanization and industrialization in the area. Study has been conducted to determine the agricultural and afforestation potential of the soil. The assignment w.r.t. Soil Conservation was done by Mr. B. S. Lole; the Functional Area Expert for SC. The soil samples were collected during Post-monsoon season i.e. on 12 December 2018. 3.4.2 Soil Quality – Present Status Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or Managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or enhance water and air quality and support human health and habitation. Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling and providing support for plants and other structures. Thus, soil quality plays vital role in any particular geographical phenomenon of ecology as well as physico-chemical environment. Soil quality can indicate the current as well as future issues related with the water, ecology and life in the particular region. Thus, it is clearly visible that soil Contamination may result in eventuality in form of contamination of water, ecological destruction, and loss of productivity, food crisis and so threat to life. The major source of contamination is wastes from industries as well as overuse of fertilizers & pesticide. Thus, to determine the exact impacts of any proposed project, it is very essential to determine the existing status of soil quality and existing stress through a study of soil quality assessment.
• To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area; • To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics; and • To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity
point of view. 3.4.3 Methodology – Eight locations in and around the proposed plant boundary were selected for soil sampling. At each location, soil samples were collected from surface 0 to 30 cm depth and are homogenized and collected after quartering. The homogenized samples were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The soil samples were collected during Post-monsoon season. (12 December 2018) 3.4.3.1 Methodology of Data Generation Physical & Chemical properties and Heavy metal concentrations of the soil were collected once during October – December 2018. 3.4.3.2 Sources of Information In addition to field surveys, the other sources of information were offices of National Bureau of Soil survey and Land use planning (NBSS and LUP) as well as District Census Data from Census of India, 2011.
60
Table 3.3 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis
Parameter Method (ASTM Number) Grain size distribution Sieve analysis (D 422 – 63) Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration Bulk density Sand replacement, core cutter Sodium absorption ratio Flame photometric (D 1428-82) pH pH meter (D 1293-84) Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82) Nitrogen Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84) Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, colourimetric (D 515-82) Potassium Flame photometric (D 1428-82) Iron AAS (D 1068-84) Zinc AAS (D 1691-84) Boron Surcumin, colourimetric (D 3082-79) Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)
Overall, Eight Soil Sampling points were selected. The locations are listed in Table 3.4. Standard Soil Classifications presented in Table 3.5 are compared with standard classification given in Table 3.5. Refer Annexure-I for Soil Monitoring Reports.
Table 3.4 Soil Sampling Locations
Sr. No.
Name of Location
Latitude (N)
Longitude (E)
Elevation Direction w.r.t. site
Distance w.r.t. site
1. Project Site - - 415m - - 2. Kusur 17031’02.9’’ 075039’06.4’’ 429m S 6.42Km 3. Antroli 17032’47.4’’ 075042’01.5’’ 460m SE 6.40 4. Koravali 17036’16.4’’ 075042’50.5’’ 458m NE 6.69 5. Wagholi 17036’50.2’’ 075040’57.1’’ 471m NE 6.33 6 Sohale 17037’28.3’’ 075037’57.0’’ 468m NW 6.89 7. Ichgaon 17036’19.6’’ 075036’05.3’’ 469m E 6.84 8. Tamdardi 17032’34.0’’ 075034’41.1’’ 435m SE 9.4
Table 3.5 Standard Soil Classification
No Soil Tests Classification 1 pH <4.50 extremely acidic
upto 1.00 average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops sensitive to salts
--
61
No Soil Tests Classification 3 Organic Carbon upto 0.2 very less
0.21-0.4 less 0.41-0.5 medium
0.61-0.8 on an average sufficient 0.81-1.0 sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient
4 Nitrogen (kg/ha) upto 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good
151-300 better above 300 sufficient
5 Phosphorus (kg/ha) upto 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium
51-65 on an average sufficient 65-80 sufficient above 80 more than sufficient
6 Potash (kg/ha) 0 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium
240-300 average 301-360 better above 360 more than sufficient
3.4.4 Comments on Soil Characteristics From the interpretation of field data, physical and chemical data it can be concluded that:
As per the physical data soils are fine texture, having low bulk density, imperatively good water holding capacity, and very slow to slow permeability. As per physical characters soils are rated as moderate to good for agriculture. As per chemical characters soil reaction (pH) soils are neutral to slightly alkaline and electrical conductivity (EC) is non saline (normal).Organic matter is sufficient. Macro nutrient like nitrogen is better to sufficient and phosphorus is medium to sufficient, potassium is sufficient, calcium, magnesium are good and base saturation is good Sodium is below the limit to make soil saline or sodic or alkali. Micro-nutrients, Mn (very low may cause deficiency), Zn, Fe ,Al ( nil to low, will cause deficiency), B and Cu is low( may cause deficiency) SO4 very low and Cl are medium. Cation Exchange capacity is high indicating good fertility. Exchangeable Ca is good with good base saturation, Ex K is low, and Ex Na is also low not indicating any alkalinity. Sodium adsorption ratio indicates the soils are normal. As observed during field visit of 10 km buffer area from boundary of proposed plant. The area is located as part of Deccan plateau, 10 km buffer is undulating plateau plain, forming a part of Bhima basin. 3.4.4.1 Geomorphology & Soils Soils of the area are essentially derived from the Deccan trap, which is of the predominant rock formation. In the area, calcareous Kankar and nodules are commonly associated with these soils. Soils of the area can be broadly grouped in to three types such as: 1) Shallow Soils,2) Medium Deep Black Soils and 3) Deep Black Soils. Over all, the spatial pattern of the soils in area is very complex due to the uneven relief structure and number of streams and rivers flowing through the area. In the hilly regions soils
62
are shallow and not very much agriculturally fertile. Medium deep black soils cover most of the area. Since; it belongs to plateau and plain regions. In order of importance the deep black soil covers more areas along the river valleys. In general, area is characterized by slightly undulating and flat terrain. As per soil map of Maharashtra at 1:500000 scale by NBSS & LUP, the soil family association observed in the area are: 1. Very shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy soils on gently sloping undulating lands with moderate erosion, associated with shallow well drained calcareous loamy soils with moderate erosion. 2. Very shallow well drained clayey soils on gently sloping undulating land with moderate erosion, associated with very shallow, somewhat excessively drained loamy soils with severe erosion. 3. Very shallow well drained clayey soils on gently sloping undulating lands with moderate erosion, associated with very shallow well drained clayey soils with moderate erosion. 4. Deep moderately well drained clayey soils on gently sloping plains and valleys with moderate erosion and moderate salinity, associated with shallow well drained clayey soils with moderate erosion. 5. Slightly deep, moderately well drained fine soils on very gently sloping plains and valleys with moderate erosion , associated with shallow, well drained clayey soils with moderate erosion. Thus as per analysis of soils data and field observation the land represented by eight samples can be classified as class II e land i.e. moderate soils on plain to gentle slopes subject to water erosion, as per land capability classification (USDA).
a. Grain size distribution: Texture indicates relative proportion of various sizes of primary soil particles such as sand, silt and clay present in the soil. Based on their quantities present in the soil sample and using the textural classification diagram. The textural classes of eight soil samples are silty clay to clay (fine textured) Bulk density values confirm the textural class.
b. Bulk Density: In case of bulk density total soil space (space occupied by solid and pore spaces combined) are taken in to consideration. Thus Bulk Density is defined as the mass (weight) of a unit volume of a dry soil. This volume would, off course include both solids and pores. Soil texture, soil structure and organic matter content are the factors influencing the bulk density of a soil. Bulk Density, besides being an interesting and significant physical characteristic, is very important as a basis for certain computations. The Bulk density of the eight soil sample under consideration ranges between1.10 to 1.30 gm/cc, and confirms the fine texture of the soils of the area under study.
c. Porosity: The pore space of a soil is the space occupied by air and water and is
expressed as percent pore space. The amount of this pore space is determined by structural conditions, that is by inter- related influence of texture, compactness and aggregation. Porosity is also related to aeration and retention and movement of water in the soil. The porosity of eight soil sample ranges between56.28 to 68.45 % and is good in accordance to the texture of soil, and considered good for air and water movement in the soil for crops.
d. Permeability: permeability is the entry of fluid from one medium to another. In soil –
water relationship, it means entry of water from air in to soil. : permeability rate is defined as maximum rate at which a soil in a given condition can absorb rain or irrigation water as it comes at soil surface, permeability rate is the rate of water entry in to the soil when flow is non-divergent. It is a surface and sub surface character, and is expressed as mm/sec or cm/hr .Permeability of eight samples under study is between 0.15. to 0.53 cm /hour, and classified as very slow to slow for agriculture and conservation, indicating good availability of moisture to cops after rain or irrigation.
e. Water Holding Capacity (WHC): Water holding capacity of soil is the maximum
amount of moisture, a dry soil is capable of holding, under given standard condition. If the moisture content is increased further percolation result WHC is of great value to practical agriculture, since it provides a simple means to determine moisture content. WHC required for good crop growth is 35 to 70%. The WHC of the eight soil samples is between 57.4 to69.78 % and is high indicating good availability of water for crop growth indicating less frequent water application for growing crops.
3.4.6 Chemical Characteristics The parameters considered for chemical analysis are: Soil reaction (pH), Electrical conductivity (EC), Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)) Cations, like Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium and Potassium, water soluble sulphates ,and chlorides, sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR).,, Macro nutrients like Available Nitrogen, total Organic carbon, organic matter
65
Available phosphorus, available potassium Micro nutrients like Iron Zinc, manganese and boron. Heavy metals like, Chromium (Cr), Lead (Pb), Nickel (Ni), Arsenic(As), Mercury (Hg) and Cadmium (Cd). a. Soil reaction (pH):The nutritional importance of pH is illustrated, thus hydrogen ion
concentration has influence not only on, solubility of nutrients, but also upon facility with which these nutrients are absorbed by plants, even already in soil solution for e.g. Fe, Mn and Zn become less available as pH rises from 4.5 to 7. At pH 6.5 to7.0 utilization of nitrate and ammonia nitrogen becomes more available. In case of phosphorus it becomes less available to plant as pH increases above 8.5, due to its fixation in exchange complex of soil. For the eight soil sample under consideration the pH ranges between 7.49 to 7.8 4 indicating soils are neutral to slightly alkaline, and suitable for growing all crops.
b. Electrical conductivity (EC): The salt content of the soils are estimated by EC
measurements, and is useful to designate soils as normal or sodic (saline). Electrical conductivity is expressed as µmhos/cm at 25C, µsmhos/ cm or mmhos /cm or sm/cm. The EC of eight soil samples is between 862.68 to 1636.62 µs/cm and are below the limits to be called as saline and hence the soils are normal for crop growth.
c. Organic Carbon / Organic matter( %)Although accounting for only a small part of the
total soil mass in mineral soils, organic matter influences physical, chemical, and biological activities in the soil. Organic matter in the soil is plant and animal residue which serves as a reserve for many essential nutrients, especially nitrogen. Determination of organic matter helps to estimate the nitrogen which will be released by bacterial activity for the next season depending on the conditions, soil aeration, pH, type of organic material, and other factors. The eight soil samples under consideration contain 2.89 to 5.02 % organic matter; OM is calculated from organic carbon estimation. As per crop requirements the soils are having sufficient organic matter content in different samples, required for growing crop in next season.
d. Available Nitrogen (N) Nitrogen is a part of all living cells and is a necessary part of all
proteins, enzymes and metabolic processes involved in the synthesis and transfer of energy. Nitrogen is a part of chlorophyll, the green pigment of the plant that is responsible for photosynthesis. Helps plants with rapid growth, increasing seed and fruit production and improving the quality of leaf and forage crops. The available nitrogen in the eight samples in question, as per analysis ranges between 309.1 to 471.3 kg / ha showing better to sufficient nitrogen content for crop growth.
e. Available Phosphorus (P): Like nitrogen, phosphorus (P) is an essential part of the
process of photosynthesis. Involved in the formation of all oils, sugars, starches, etc. Helps with the transformation of solar energy into chemical energy; proper plant maturation; withstanding stress. Effects rapid growth, .Encourages blooming, and root growth. The phosphorus content of soil of eight samples ranges between60.1 to 100.6 kg/ha and falls under average to sufficient category for crop growth.
f. Available Potassium (K): Potassium is absorbed by plants in larger amounts than any
other mineral element except nitrogen and, in some cases, calcium. Helps in the building, of protein, photosynthesis, fruit quality, and reduction of diseases. The Potassium content of eight soil samples ranges between 207.2 to 328.8 kg/ha and is medium to more than sufficient for crop growth.
66
g. Cation Exchange capacity (CEC): The total amount of exchangeable cations that a soil can retain is designated as cation exchange capacity (CEC) and usually expressed as me/100gm of soil. Determination of amount of cations present in soil is useful, because CEC influences the availability of adsorbed cations to both higher plants and soil microorganisms. Thus CEC is directly related to fertility of soils. The CEC of the eight samples ranges between 55.56 to 86.33 me / 100gm soil. A soil with low CEC indicates low fertility and soils with high CEC indicates high fertility. Eight soil samples are fine textured having high percentage of clay with dominating montmorillonitic clay mineral, showing high CEC; in turn fertility is also high.
h. Exchangeable Calcium (Ca++) Calcium, an essential part of plant cell wall structure,
provides for normal transport and retention of other elements as well as strength in the plant. It is also thought to counteract the effect of alkali salts and organic acids within a plant and soil acidity. The exchangeable calcium content of eight soil samples ranges between, 36.42 to49.64 me/100gm soil, and having good base saturation percentage (ranging from 58.5to 65.5 %). For normal crop growth a calcium base saturation percent of soils between 50 to 75% is required.
i. Exchangeable Magnesium (Mg++): Magnesium is part of the chlorophyll in all green
plants and essential for photosynthesis. It also helps activate many plant enzymes needed for growth. The magnesium content of the eight soil samples ranges between 19.43 to 35.36 m e /100 gm soil( BS % ranges between35 to 40), which is further adding to base saturation. Magnesium base saturation percent of 5 to 15 % is normal.
j. Exchangeable Sodium (Na+): Though sodium is not an essential plant nutrient, but it
has some role in potassium nutrition. Sodium also has a role in affecting the pH of soils; Sodium present above a certain limit makes soil alkaline which affect soil physical condition, and fixing of available phosphorus. Out of the eight samples sodium ranges between 0.3 to 0.56 me/100gm soil, which is below the content(i.e. ESP is below 15%) at which soil show, saline alkali or alkaline properties, hence no adverse effect on soils.
k. Sodium Adsorption ratio (SAR): Sodium adsorption ratio is ratio of Na+ to under
root of Ca + +Mg++ by 2. SAR values of soil solution along with EC and pH helps in diagnosing soils as normal, saline, saline-alkali or alkali. The eight soil samples show SAR values between 0.057 to 0.086 and indicate that samples are normal (SAR below 13)
l. Iron (Fe): Iron is essential for crop and other plants for chlorophyll formation Iron
deficiency likely occurs in soils with high pH, poor aeration, excessive phosphorus, or low organic matter. It may be produced also by an imbalance of Mo, Cu, and Mn. Inplants, the deficiency shows up as a pale green leaf color (chlorosis) with sharp distinction between green veins and yellow inter-venial tissues. The iron content of eight samples ranges between 25.47 to 50.64 mg/kg and is medium to sufficient.
m. Aluminum (Al) Exchangeable Aluminum (Al) is not present in a plant available form in
soils with a pH above 5.5 and therefore tests for extractable aluminum need only be done on distinctly acid soils. In soils with a pH range of 4.5 - 5.5 are those most likely to be affected by aluminum toxicity. In the eight samples the total Aluminum is between 0.008 to 0.25.
67
n. Manganese (Mn): Is an important plant micro nutrient and is required by plants in second greater quantity compared to iron, like any other element, it can have limiting factor on plant growth, if it is deficient or toxic in plant tissue. Manganese is used in plants as major contribution to various biological systems, including photo synthesis, respiration and nitrogen assimilation. Mn content in the eight samples ranges between 1.54 to 2.37 mg/kg and is low and may cause deficiency in plants.
o. Zinc (Zn) Zn deficiency most often is present in sandy soils with neutral or alkaline pH,
or with low organic matter. Total zinc may be high but the availability depends on other factors. In the present eight samples Zinc content ranges between 1.15 to 4.23 mg/kg or ppm and are low, considered deficient for crop growth.
p. Boron (B).There is a very narrow range between deficiency and toxicity in boron.
Deficiencies are more often when organic matter is low and dry weather slows the decomposition. Uptake of boron is reduced at pH level higher than 7.0 Plant toxicity symptoms manifest as leaf tip and marginal chlorosis. Boron toxicity occurs in dry areas and is generally associated with irrigation water. In the eight samples of the project the boron content is between0.008 to 0.26 is low and will cause deficiency to crops.
q. Copper (Cu): Copper is an essential element for plant growth. Soils naturally contain
copper in some form or other, ranging from 2 to 100 parts per million (ppm) and averaging at about 30 ppm. Most plants contain about 8 to 20 ppm. Without adequate copper, plants will fail to grow properly. Therefore, maintaining fair amounts of copper in the soil is important. The eight samples under consideration contains copper below detectible limit and is deficient for crop growth.
r. Water-Soluble Sulphates as SO4: This test measures readily available sulphur in the
form of dissolved plus absorbed sulphate. Sulphur testing is important where low sulphur or sulphur-free fertilizers are used, such as high analysis NPK fertilizers. Retention of sulphate sulphur by the soil is related to its phosphate retention, with high leaching losses of sulphate being associated with low phosphate retention soils. This should also be taken into account when considering sulphur fertilizer options. In the eight samples the water soluble sulphate as SO4 ranges between 24.11 to62.34 mg/kg and very low to sufficient.
s. Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl The Cl−anion does not form complexes readily, and
shows little affinity (or specificity) in its adsorption to soil components. Thus, Cl− movement within the soil is largely determined by water flows. Chlorine is an essential micronutrient for higher plants. It is present mainly as Cl−. Chloride is a major osmotically active solute in the vacuole and is involved in both turgor- and osmo regulation. In the cytoplasm it may regulate the activities of key enzymes. In addition, Cl−also acts as a counter anion and Cl− fluxes are implicated in the stabilization of membrane potential, regulation of intracellular pH gradients and electrical excitability. In the eight samples the water soluble chloride ranges between82.24 to 155.19 mg/kg and is medium to high.
t. Heavy Metals: Soils may become contaminated by the accumulation of heavy metals
and metalloids through emissions from the rapidly expanding industrial areas, mine tailings, disposal of high metal wastes, leaded gasoline and paints, land application of fertilizers, animal manures, sewage sludge, pesticides, wastewater irrigation, coal
68
combustion residues, spillage of petrochemicals, and atmospheric deposition. Heavy metals constitute an ill-defined group of inorganic chemical hazards, and those most commonly found at contaminated sites are lead (Pb), chromium (Cr), arsenic (As), zinc (Zn), cadmium (Cd),), mercury (Hg), and nickel (Ni) Soils are the major sink for heavy metals released into the environment by aforementioned anthropogenic activities and unlike organic contaminants which are oxidized to carbon (IV) oxide by microbial action, most metals do not undergo microbial or chemical degradation and their total concentration in soils persists for a long time after their introduction Changes in their chemical forms (speciation) and bioavailability are, however, possible. The presence of toxic metals in soil can severely inhibit the biodegradation of organic contaminants [Heavy metal contamination of soil may pose risks and hazards to humans and the ecosystem through: direct ingestion or contact with contaminated soil, the food chain (soil-plant-human or soil-plant-animal-human), drinking of contaminated ground water, reduction in food quality (safety and marketability) via phyto-toxicity, reduction in land usability for agricultural production causing food insecurity, and land tenure problems.
u. Chromium (Cr): Chromium mobility depends on sorption characteristics of the soil,
including clay content, iron oxide content, and the amount of organic matter present. Chromium can be transported by surface runoff to surface waters in its soluble or precipitated form. Soluble and un-adsorbed chromium complexes can leach from soil into groundwater. The leachability of Cr (VI) increases as soil pH increases. Most of Cr released into natural waters is particle associated, however, and is ultimately deposited into the sediment. In the eight samples the chromium is below detectible limit and very low hence no chromium contamination.
v. Lead (Pb):Typical mean Lead(Pb) concentration for surface soils worldwide averages
32 mg kg−1 and ranges from 10 to 67 mg kg−1 The most serious source of exposure to soil lead is through direct ingestion of contaminated soil or dust. In general, plants do not absorb or accumulate lead. However, in soils testing high in lead, it is possible for some lead to be taken up. Studies have shown that lead does not readily accumulate in the fruiting parts of vegetable and fruit crops (e.g., corn, beans, squash, tomatoes, strawberries, and apples). Higher concentrations are more likely to be found in leafy vegetables (e.g., lettuce) and on the surface of root crops (e.g., carrots). Since plants do not take up large quantities of soil lead, the lead levels in soil considered safe for plants will be much higher than soil lead levels where eating of soil is a concern (pica). Generally, it has been considered safe to use garden produce grown in soils with total lead levels less than 300 ppm. The risk of lead poisoning through the food chain increases as the soil lead level rises above this concentration. Even at soil levels above 300 ppm, most of the risk is from lead contaminated soil or dust deposits on the plants rather than from uptake of lead by the plant. In the eight samples the Lead is below detectible limit to 0.23 and no contamination.
w. Nickel (Ni):Nickel is an element that occurs in the environment only at very low levels
and is essential in small doses, but it can be dangerous when the maximum tolerable amounts are exceeded. . It usually takes a long time for nickel to be removed from air. The larger part of all Ni compounds that are released to the environment will adsorb to sediment or soil particles and become immobile as a result. In acidic soils, however, Ni becomes more mobile and often leaches down to the adjacent groundwater. In the eight soil samples, the nickel content is between1.33 to 2.94 and below limit of contamination.
69
x. Arsenic (As):Arsenate can adsorb or co precipitates with metal sulfides and has a high affinity for other sulfur compounds. Elemental arsenic and arsine, AsH3, may be present under extreme reducing conditions. Biotransformation (via methylation) of arsenic creates methylated derivatives of arsine. As compounds adsorb strongly to soils and are therefore transported only over short distances in groundwater and surface water. In the eight samples the arsenic values are below detectible limit and within permissible limit of contamination.
y. Mercury (Hg): Sorption to soils, sediments, and humic materials is an important
mechanism for the removal of Hg from solution. Sorption is pH dependent and increases as pH increases. Mercury may also be removed from solution by co-precipitation with sulphides. Under anaerobic conditions, both organic and inorganic forms of Hg may be converted to alkylated forms by microbial activity, such as by sulfur-reducing bacteria. Elemental mercury may also be formed under anaerobic conditions by demethylation of methyl mercury, or by reduction of Hg (II). Acidic conditions (pH < 4) also favor the formation of methyl mercury, whereas higher pH values favor precipitation of HgS(s) .In the eight samples the mercury content is below detectible limit and within permissible limit of contamination.
z. Cadmium (Cd): The application of agricultural inputs such as fertilizers, pesticides, and
bio-solids (sewage sludge), the disposal of industrial wastes or the deposition of atmospheric contaminants increases the total concentration of Cd in soils, and the bioavailability of this Cd determines whether plant Cd uptake occurs to a significant degree. Cadmium is very bio -persistent but has few toxicological properties and, once absorbed by an organism, remains resident for many years. The eight samples contain cadmium is nil to 0.041 and within permissible limits of contamination.
70
Figure 3.12 Soil Map
71
3.5 Drainage and Geomorphology The assignment w.r.t. Hydrology, Ground water & Water conservation and Geology (HG & GEO) has been done by Dr. J. B. Pishte who is an empanelled FAE of HG & GEO. A visit to the project site and field work in the surrounding area was carried out on November 2, 2018, to study Geology and Hydrogeology (HG-Geo) of the area and assess the possible impact of the project on the environment. This (EIA) report covers results of studies carried out in the area of influence of project. It is based on previous literature, primary data collected by observations during field visit and secondary data obtained through dialogue with locals. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs. 3.5.1 Methodology 3.5.1.1 Literature review Report of Central Ground Water Board is useful to begin with the work. Such literature generally relates to district or level statistical information. Literature related to quality of groundwater, effluents and waste waters of industrial projects and their impact on geology and water regime was also referred to. 3.5.2 Data Generation
3.5.2.1 Hydrogeology
Impact of the project work on groundwater regime is limited to the drainage basin in which the project is established. Therefore, observations on hydrogeology were taken by well inventory within the micro-watersheds falling in influence of the project. 3.5.2.2 Geology
Observations on rock types and their structure were made in surface outcrops, road sections, and stream sections, dug well and other types of excavations existing in the area. 3.5.3 Data Analysis & Interpretation
3.5.3.1 Hydrogeology Water table contour map was prepared on the basis of well inventory data. Groundwater flow directions in the study area were deduced from this map. This information is used in interpretation of the direction/s of spread of probable contamination plume, if any, originating from the project site.
Water samples were handed over to M/s Equinox Environments Pvt. Ltd. Kolhapur, for analysis. Interpretations regarding parameters above the prescribed limits were made by referring to books and research papers on quality of ground water. 3.5.4 Geomorphology The entire Solapur district is typically characterized by the geomorphology of Deccan basaltic terrain. The elevation in the district is ranges from 400 to 600m above mean sea level. On the basis of physical setup, the region is divided into three major physiographic divisions:
72
hilly region, plateau region and lowland region. The project site is situated in the lowland or plain region of the district close to Bhima River course. The site is surrounded by agricultural farmlands. 3.5.5 Drainage The district is comprised of Bhima sub-basin and has undulating topography. The major Rivers flowing in the district are the Bhima, The Sina, The Man, and The Bhargavati Rivers. Dendritic drainage has been observed only in the vicinity of major Rivers where alluvial deposits or thick soil cover is present. However, all the streams and rivers which flow in the district are of effluent type. The average annual rainfall in the district is 500-800 mm.
The project site is situated at about 3 km from Bhima River on its left bank. The area of influence of the project has moderate drainage density. The overall drainage pattern is dendritic type. But the two streams on west and east side of the project site and flowing southwards to drain into Bhima River roughly parallel to each other (Fig. 3.1). These and the other small streams in the area were dry at the time of field visit.
73
Figure 3.13 Geomorphological Map
74
3.6 Geology & Hydrogeology
3.6.1 Geology
Geologically the area falls in the middle part of the Deccan Volcanic Province (DVP) of Peninsular India (Fig. 3.2). The DVP is dominated by basaltic lava flows in the form of horizontally bedded sheets spread over large area. The individual lava flows are more or less uniform in physical appearance, but lateral variations in color, composition and texture or structure are not uncommon.
During field visit two variants of lava flows, namely compact basalt (CB) and vesicular-amygdular basalt (VAB) are exposed in well sections (Fig. 3.3). At some places there is a relatively thin layer of red clay known as Red Bole between the two lava flows.Depth of weathering ranges from 1.5 to 9 meters. Due to deepchemical weathering and soil cover in agricultural farm landsrocky outcrops and exposures are not much common in the area.
Figure 3.14 Geological Map showing Formations of Deccan Trap Super group in Southern Maharashtra and Northern Karnataka. (After Mitchell and M. Widdowson, 1991)
In Solapur district minerals of economic importance are not found. Basaltic rock is used economically for construction purpose. Mud used for making bricks, sand and metal stone used for construction purpose are the only important minerals found in Solapur district.
3.6.2 Hydrogeology
The entire district is underlain by Deccan Trap Basalt.The hydrogeology of basaltic terrain is governed by physical nature of rocks exposed on surface and occurring immediately below
Fig. 3.15: Geological Map showing Formations of Deccan Trap Supergroup in Southern Maharashtra and Northern Karnataka.(After Mitchell and M. Widdowson, 1991)
75
the soil layer. The weathered and fractured basalt occurring in topographic lows forms the main aquifersystems in the district. The weathered portions of vesicular (VAB) andcompact basalt (CB) at shallow depth have better porosity and permeability facilitating movement and storage of groundwater. In compact basaltclose-spaced jointing is favourable. Open joints or fissures in this rock serve as good passage ways for groundwater. The red bole layer between two lava flows occurring at places is favourable for movement and storage of groundwater. 3.6.2.1 Ground Water Resources
Ground water is predominantly used for irrigation in the area under study. It is being developed by three types of abstraction structures i.e., dug wells, bore wells and dug-cum-bore wells. However, dug wells are the main ground water abstraction structures in the district. High yielding dug wells are generally located in weathered and fractured basalt occurring in physiographic depressions. The well inventory data collected during field visit is presented in Table 3.7. 3.6.2.2 Ground Water Quality Groundwater quality in Solapur district has been assessed by Central Ground Water Board (Report 2013) in which pH, Electrical Conductivity (EC), Total Alkalinity (TA), Total Hardness (TH), Nitrate (NO3) and Fluoride (F) were estimated in representative samples. It was concluded that the ground water quality in the wells monitored in the district was affected because of high NO3 concentrations and high salinity. Groundwater samples were collected from wells during field visit as shown in Table No. 3.7 below. The results of analyses are given in the following Table No. 3.8.
Table 3.7 Well inventory data for the area around JSL
Well location
Sample No
Location Ground Level in m from msl
SWL (mbgl*)
Water Level in m from msl
Latitude Longitude 1 - 17°35'7.29"N 75°39'5.70"E 446 7 439
26. Iron as Fe mg/lit < 0.30 0.18 BDL 0.09 0.28 0.22 0.19 0.25 0.12 0.08
39. Total Coliform No./100 ml
Absent
30 12 20 56 42 40 50 26 16
40. Fecal Coliform No./100 ml
Absent
20 8 14 32 26 22 28 18 10
The above table reveals that in many wells, most of the groundwater quality parameters are below desired limit. Those above the desired limit (but well within permissible limit) are TDS and Total Hardness. Fluoride is marginally above desired limit in two wells. These higher values can be assigned to geological processes of weathering in which percolating water reacts slowly with mineral matter in rocks and produce some soluble compounds, which are added to the water of shallow aquifers. The analysis of sample number GW4 corresponding to well number 5 shows some parameters viz. Ammonical Nitrogen as N, Chloride as Cl, Sulphate as SO4 and Fluoride as F closer to the limit of maximum desired limit but they are far below the permissible limit.
77
Figure 3.15 Geological Map
78
Figure 3.16 Geo-hydrological Map
79
Figure 3.17 Water table contour map with well locations and sample locations
3.7 Meteorology
3.7.1 Introduction
Micro-meteorological data within the study area during the air quality survey period is an indispensable part of air pollution studies. The meteorological data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to the predictive models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological status of the region. Site specific data can be compared with the historical data in order to identify changes, which may have taken place due to the rapid industrialization in the area.
The micro-meteorological parameters regulate the transport and diffusion of pollutants released into the atmosphere. The principal variables, which affect the micrometeorology, are horizontal connective transport (average wind speed and direction), vertical connective
80
transport (atmospheric stability and inversion conditions) and topography of the area.The climate of the study area and surrounding area is generally dry except in the southwest monsoon season. The year may broadly be divided into four seasons.
Winter season : December to February Pre-monsoon season: March to May Monsoon season : June to September Post monsoon season: October and November
Temperature
The coldest month is December with an average low temperature of 25.3 °C and the hottest month is May with an average high temperature of 40 °C. Winter temperatures rarely drop up to 18 °C (54 °F), and summer temperatures seldom exceed 30–40 °C Rainfall
The district falls under the proximity of western ghat. It receives average rainfall. Most of the rainfall is received during the south-west monsoon in the months from June to September. This account for about 90-92 percent of the normal annual rainfall. The variation in the annual rainfall from year to year is large. The average annual rainfall of the district is 625 mm. 3.7.2 Methodology
The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and the Indian Meteorology Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the data, which is then compared with the meteorological data generated by IMD from the nearest station at Solapur. 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation
Meteorological data has been generated at the site. The meteorological parameters were monitored for one season i.e. from October – November - December 2018.Details of parameters monitored, equipments used and the frequency of monitoring is given in Table 3.9
Table 3.9 Meteorological Parameters
No. Parameters Instrument Frequency 1 Wind Speed Counter Cup Anemometer Every Hour 2 Wind Direction Wind Vane Every Hour 3 Temperature Min. /Max. Thermometer Once in a day 4 Relative Humidity Dry/Wet bulb Thermometer Twice a day
3.7.2.2 Sources of Information
Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from the nearest IMD station at Solapur. Wind roses, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall intensity have been compiled from IMD station, Solapur. Similarly, data on cloud cover is compiled from climatological tables from the IMD station of Solapur. The details are tabulated in Annexure II.
81
3.7.2.3 Wind Pattern at Project
Wind Speed and direction are recorded at site every hour. The predominant wind during the study season is from East (E) direction. 3.8 Air Quality
3.8.1 Introduction The ambient air quality with respect to study zone of 10 Km radius around the JSL site forms the baseline information. The study area represents some urban environment although there is dominance of rural habitation. The various sources of air pollution in the study area are commercial and residential activities from the urban as well as rural areas, transportation and vehicular traffic etc. The impact of said actions and events through various emissions is reflected in the results of ambient air quality monitoring. The major air pollutants released into atmosphere from the different sources are PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and to small extent CO. However, these again vary with type and nature of the sources.
This section describes selection of sampling locations, includes the methodology of sampling and analytical techniques with frequency of sampling. Presentation of results for the October – November - December 2018 survey is followed by observations. All the requisite monitoring assignments, sampling and analysis was conducted through the environmental laboratory of M/s. Green Envirosafe Engineers & Consultant Private Limited, Pune which is NABL accredited and MOEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further, same has received certifications namely ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 OHSAS 18001–2007 certifications by DNV. The assignment was carried out by Mr. J. M. Gadgil (Empanelled FAE) & Mr. Yuvraj Damugade( In-House FAE).
3.8.2 Methodology
3.8.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations
The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through an ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network, in the air quality surveillance program, is based on considerations namely – (1) Meteorological conditions, (2) Topography of the study area, (3) Representativeness of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status, and (4) Representativeness of likely industrial impact areas. Ambient air monitoring was conducted in the study area to assess the quality of air for SO2, NOx, CO, PM10 and PM2.5. Ambient AAQM stations were set up at Eight locations with due consideration to the above mentioned points, details of which are presented below. Refer AAQM data for a period of one season enclosed at Annexure - III
Table 3.10 AAQM Location Details
Section code
Location Direction from site
Distance from site (In Km)
Justification
A 1 Project site -- -- -- A 2 Watwate E 1.0 Nearest habitation A 3 Jamgaon Bk E 4.15 Upwind A 4 Yenaki NW 2.22
82
Section code
Location Direction from site
Distance from site (In Km)
Justification
A 5 Arbali SW 4.0 Downwind A 6 Ichgaon NW 5.75 A 7 Miri S 3.33 Crosswind A 8 Wagholiwadi N 4.59
3.8.2.2 Parameters, Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ Monitoring
The frequency adopted for sampling is two days per week; 24 hourly for all eight ambient air quality stations. The baseline data of air environment, for all the eight monitoring stations, was generated. Details of same are presented in following table.
Table 3.11 AAQ Parameters, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods
No. Parameters Frequency of Monitoring Analysis Methods 1 PM10 Continuous, 24 Hourly,
twice a week Gravimetric Method (IS:5182, Part IV)
2 PM2.5 Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a week
Gravimetric Method (IS:5182, Part IV)
3 SO2 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a week
Modified West and Gaeke Method (IS:5182, Part II; Sodium Tetrachloro-mercurate).
4 NOx 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a week
Jacobs and Hochheiser Method (IS: 5182, Part VI)
5 CO Once in a day, once a week NDIR Method (IS: 5182, Part X)
3.8.3 Presentation of Results
The summary of results for analysis of ambient air monitoring is presented in Table3.12. The permissible ambient air quality limits are also presented in Table 3.13
Table 3.12 Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season
Notes: • PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are computed based on 24 hourly values. • The CO concentrations were observed to be well below detectable limits and hence the same are not mentioned in the above table.
Table 3.13 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified By CPCB Notification No. S.O.B-29016/20/90/PCI-L by MOEFCC; New Delhi dated 18.11.2009
Zone Station Industrial and mixed use zone Residential and rural zone
PM10
µg/M3 24 Hr 100 100 A.A. 60 60
PM2.5
µg/M3 24 Hr 60 60 A.A. 40 40
SO2
µg/M3 24 Hr 80 80 A.A. 50 20
NOx µg/M3
24 Hr 80 80 A.A. 40 30
CO mg/M3
24 Hr 4 4 A.A. 2 2
Note: A.A. represents Annual Average 3.8.4 Observations Based On Period October – November - December 2018
The observations in respect of results presented in Table 3.12 are given below. Particulate Matter (PM10)
The PM10 values at all the eight locations are attributed to wind blown dust. The 98 percentile values at seven stations viz. Industrial Site, Watwate,Jamgaon Bk.,Yenaki, Arbali, Ichgaon, Miri and Wagholiwadi observed between 58.73to 63.11µg/m3 which is below the permissible value of 100 µg/m3 for residential zones. The average value of PM10for industrial site is 59.58µg/m3 and those for the remaining stations remaining were observed to be in a range between 57.00µg/m3to 60.01µg/m3, which are within the permissible limit of 100 µg/M3.
Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions i.e. 60 µg/M3. The average values range between 19.03µg/M3to 21.76µg/M3.
84
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
All the observations are well below the permissible limits of 80 µg/M3 with average SO2 concentrations ranging between 20.18µg/M3to 22.50µg/M3
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)
All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions (i.e. 80 µg/M3). The average values range between 27.65µg/M3 to 30.54µg/M3. Carbon Monoxide (CO)
All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions (i.e. 2 mg/M3). The average values range between 0.05 mg/M3 to 0.08 mg/M3. 3.9 Water Quality
3.9.1 Introduction
Selected water quality parameters, for surface and ground water resources from the study area, have been considered for assessing water environment and to evaluate impact due to the project. Understanding water quality is important in environmental impact assessment and to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. 3.9.2 Methodology
3.9.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation
Reconnaissance was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on (1) Topographical maps and drainage map to identify major water bodies, and (2) likely areas which can represent baseline conditions. Sampling and analysis of water samples for physical, chemical and heavy metals were undertaken through NABL & MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory of M/s. Green Envirosafe Engineers & Consultant Private Limited, Pune Further, same has received certifications namely ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 OHSAS 18001–2007 certifications by DNV. Eight locations for ground water & Six locations for Surface water samples were selected which are listed below.
Table 3.14 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water
Station Code
Name of the Station Distance from Site Km
Direction from Site
Justification
SW1 Nala Near Yenaki 1.0 W -- SW2 Vadpur 4.12 S Downstream of
Bhima River SW 3 Nala near Compost yard
(South side) 1.45 S --
SW 4 Siddhapur (River) 4.92 S Downstream of Bhima River SW5 Arali (River) 9.72 S
SW6 Arbali (River) 5.0 SW Upstream of Bhima River
Note- As per Standard ToR’s Eight locations for surface water should be taken; but as per monitoring period
85
Table 3.15 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water
Village / Well
location
Latitude Longitude Water Level in M from msl
Direction from Site
GW1 17°33′46.64”N 75°38′53.03”E 437 S GW2 17°33'43.42"N 75°38'53.16"E 333 S GW3 17°33'38.80"N 75°39'1.14"E 329 SE GW4 17°33'14.68"N 75°38'54.31"E 428 S GW5 17°34'40.91"N 75°38'43.83"E 429 NW GW6 17°34'25.19"N 75°38'35.15"E 435 W GW7 17°34'23.79"N 75°38'33.56"E 431 W GW8 17°34'7.93"N 75°39'17.46"E 432 E
3.9.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation
Ground and surface water sources, covered in an area of 10 Km radius from the proposed site were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metal and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface and ground water. The samples were collected and analyzed as per procedures specified in ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American Public Health Association (APHA).Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples were collected in sterilized glass bottles for bacteriological portability test. Parameters analyzed at the site were pH, temperature, odour, turbidity and dissolved oxygen using portable water analysis kits.
Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the core area. Results for the parameters analyzed in surface water samples, are compared with Class ‘C’ water as per IS: 10500:2012, Second Revision; “Specifications for Drinking Water”. 3.9.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from October – November - December 2018
3.9.4.1 Surface Water
Analysis results for surface water are given in the table below. Copies of actual reports are presented at Annexure IV.
Table 3.16 Surface Water
No Parame
ter Unit(s)
Location
Limits as per IS 10500:20
12
Permissible Limit
in the Absence
of Alternate Source
Nala Near Yenaki
Vadpur
(River)
Nala near Compost yard (South side)
Siddhapur
Downstream
Arbali Downstream
Arali Upstre
am
1 Color Hazen Unit
2.80 0.60 3.10 0.7 0.60 0.40 5.00 15
2 Odour -- Agreea
ble Agreea
ble Agreea
ble Agreeable Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
3 pH -- 8.10 7.60 8.20 7.92 7.80 7.50 6.5-8.5 No
relaxation
4 Conductivity
µS/cm 1880.45 758.84 2382.77 1149.49 950.50 466.13 Not
3.9.4.2 Ground Water Analysis results for the ground water samples are given in following Table 3.17.Copies of actual reports are presented at Annexure V.
The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is that sound which is composed of many frequency components of various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to
90
describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and universally accepted scale is the ‘A’ weighted scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 HZ. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear. The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:
• Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as the one, which is of continuously varying loudness.
• The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.
• The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines the loudness and period of exposure.
The Environmental Impact of noise can have several effects varying from noise Induced hearing loss to annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. The environmental impact assessment of noise from the industrial activity, vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, annoyance and general community responses.
The study area of 10 Km radius with reference to the JSL industry site was covered for noise environment. The four zones viz. residential, commercial, industrial and silent zones have been considered for noise monitoring. Some of the major arterial roads were covered to assess the noise due to traffic. Noise monitoring was undertaken for 24 hours at each location. The purpose of noise pollution impact assessment in the study area is to assess impact of total noise generated by industries and vehicular traffic on the human settlements within 10 Km radius. The main objectives of the studies conducted were - Assessment of background noise levels Identification and monitoring the major noise sources of the existing activity Impact of noise on the workers as well as on general population. The assignment of noise was done by Functional Area Expert of NV - Mr. Vinay Kumar Kurakula in the month of October 2018. 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. Noise generating sources have been identified with respect to the activities, viz. industrial noise and ambient noise due to industries and traffic, which have impact on sensitive areas. The noise sampling locations have been indicated below. 3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations
The noise survey involved determination of noise levels, in decibels, at following 8locations in the study area. Noise levels were recorded once in a month for24-hour period at each village. Refer Annexure-VI for copies of actual reports.
91
Table 3.18 Noise Sampling Locations
Station Code Name of the Sampling Point
Distance from Site Km
Direction from Site
N1 Project site -- -- N2 Watwate 1.0 E N3 Jamgaon Bk 4.15 E N4 Yenaki 2.22 NW N5 Arbali 4.0 SW N6 Ichgaon 5.75 NW N7 Miri 3.33 S N8 Wagholiwadi 4.59 N
Figure 3.18 Noise Monitoring Locations
Parameters Measured During Monitoring–
A noise rating developed by EPA for specification of community noise from all the sources is the day-night sound level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24-hour equivalent sound level except that during the night-time period, which extends from 10 PM to 6 AM, a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing 24 hour average. This night time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night, when people usually sleep, is judged more annoying than the same noise during the daytime. For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the certain noise levels exceeding during the time interval. The notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels is described below:
L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 percent of the time
92
L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 percent of the time, and L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 percent of the time Lday is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 AM to 10 PM). Lnight is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during night (10 PM to 6 AM).
Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq):
The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level that is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time.This is calculated from the following equation: (L10-L90)2 Leq=L50+ ------------- 60 Ldn: The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is all Day-Nights Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except during night time period (10 PM to 6 AM) where a 10 dB(A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average. The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq’s, by the equation.
Ldn=10 log 1/24[15(10 Ld/10) +9 (10(Ln+10)/10)]
Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the daytime (6 AM to 10 PM) and Ln is the equivalent sound level during the night-time (10 PM to 6 AM).
3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring
A detailed noise level survey was undertaken to study the levels of noise, as the high noise levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and the associated environment. The noise level monitoring was carried out through MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory-M/s. Green Envirosafe Engineers & Consultant Private Limited, Pune - that has also received NABL as well as ISO 9001: 2015,ISO 17025:2005and OHSAS 18001: 2007 accreditations by DNV.
3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels
MoEFCC has notified ambient air quality standards in respect of noise vide Gazette notification Dated 14th February 2000. It is based on the ‘A’ weighted equivalent noise level (Leq). The standards are given in following table.
Table 3.19 Ambient Noise Level Standards
Area Code Category Limits in dB (A) Leq Day Time Night Time
A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40
Ref: Gazette of India 14th Feb 2000. Standards for Occupational Noise: (U.S.A)
Industrialized countries have specified limits for occupational noise exposure. The permissible noise exposure limit for industrial workers is primarily concerned with the harmful aspect of noise and its objective is to protect the hearing of majority of working
93
people. The American Conference Government of Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), USA has prescribed the following permissible noise exposure limits for industrial workers. These limits are given in Table 3.20
Exposure to continuous or intermittent noise louder than 115 dB(A) should not be permitted. Exposure to pulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB (A).
OSHA Standards
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) have also prescribed the following allowable limits to noise exposure for industrial workers. These are given in the following Table 3.21
Table 3.21 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure
Duration per day (in hours) 8 6 4 3 2 1.5 1. 0.5 0.25 Sound level in dB(A) 85 87 90 92 95 97 100 102 110
3.10.3 Presentation of Results
The ambient noise levels measured are presented in Table 3.20. The table indicates equivalent noise levels viz. L10, L50, L90, Lday, Lnight and Ldn at different places located within the study area. Similarly, these values viz. Leq, Lday, Lnight and Ldn are compared with the limits.
The noise levels in the study area are within the permissible limits. The equivalent noise levels during day time in residential area as well as rural area are observed to be within the permissible limits. The equivalent value observed during night time is well below the permissible standards.
94
3.11 Socio-Economic Profile 3.11.1 Introduction Socio-economic status of any population is an indicator for development of the region. Any developmental project will have bearing on the living conditions and on the economic base of population in particular and the region as a whole. Similarly, the proposed industry will have its share of socio-economic influence in the study area. The section delineates the overall appraisal of socially relevant attributes. This report is a part of EIA study to be carried out as per the MoEFCC Notification No. 1533 (E)dated 14th September, 2006. Survey of selected thirteen villages within the 10 Km radius of the study area was carried out with the help of an interview schedule. The objective of this survey was to understand the current socio-economic status of selected villages and the perception of the local people about the existing JSL as well as to know their awareness regarding the expansion of the sugar factory. The following data was collected in the month of December, 2018 by Dr. A.J. Samant who is the in-house FAE’s of SE and Mr. Chetan Jagdale (SE-Associate) assisted them. 3.11.2 Methodology
Taking the reference of the Solapur district Census (2011), 13 villages were selected out of 24 villages within the 10 Km radius of JSL. The survey was carried out with help of a structured close ended interview schedule, comprising of 30 questions in Marathi. The schedule was administered by usingSimple Random Disproportionate and snowball Sampling Technique. Microsoft office excel software was used for data analysis. A total of 85 locals were interviewed during the study. Names of the study villages and the number of respondents from each of them are given in Table 3.23.Photo documentation was done during the survey.
Table 3.23 Name of village and Sample Size of respondents in them
3.11.3 Findings The male: female ratio among the respondents was 55:45 respectively. Surprisingly in the study area it was possible to elicit proper information from female respondents as they were articulate. Senior citizens were also chosen due to their experience and long stay in the study area. Age group distribution composition of the respondents is given in Figure 3.19.
Figure 3.19 Age Distribution within Sample size
Among the respondents most (90 %) were literate and only (10%) respondents were illiterate. Out of the later some were due to their poor economic condition and others were senior citizens who in their young age did not have educational facilities. Among the literates 27% had education up to primary level followed by secondary (42%), higher secondary (13%) graduate (5%) and 4% were post graduate.
a) Employment The surveyed respondents were involved in various livelihood activities namely agriculture, service, agriculture labour and other occupations. About 70 % of the respondents had agriculture as their main occupation. Whereas around 24 % of the respondents relied on daily wages. Only few (6%) had their own business like general stores/ grocery shop, cloth stores, retail stores, mineral water suppliers etc.
b) Economy Around 28% households had their annual family income between Rs. 1,00,000 to 1,25,000, 49 % of the households had their annual income between Rs. 1,25,000 to 1,50,00, 17% had above Rs. 1, 50,000 whereas remaining 6% of the households from the study area had an annual income between Rs. 75,000 to 1, 00,000. This shows that most households belonged to the lower middle class and upper middle class category. (IT department, 2018).
21 to 30 10 %
31 to 4042%
41 to 5026%
51 to 6012%
Above 61 10%
96
c) Water Supply In most villages (80%) the population depended on groundwater sources like wells and tube wells for drinking purpose. Some (15%) depended on river and remaining 5 % depended on filtered water purchased from local stores. According to over 37% respondents the shortage of water in the area is due to low rainfall in last year.
d) Community Health Large majority (80%) of the respondents revealed no change in water quality in their area, however (20 %) respondents stated change in water quality in areas namely in villages Watwate, Jamagaon Bk, Arbali, Siddhapur. When enquired about the negative environmental effects of existing JSL factory, there were mixed opinions 75% respondents said they are not experiencing any negative effect. However, 25 % of the respondents stressed on the negative impact caused due to JSL. These impacts, as communicated by respondents from villages Watwate, Jamagaon Bk, Arbali, Siddhapur and Vadapur, were on health (39%), foul odour (21%), pollution on agriculture land (18%) (Plate D), noise (18%) and severe air pollution (4%) (Plate E). The complaints about these negative impacts were stronger by respondents from these villages due to close proximity to the industry. It was revealed by 29% of the respondents the existing industry provided seasonal job opportunities in the form of unskilled work, daily wages and transport jobs to some employees. According to the respondents with the expansion of the industry job opportunities and subsequently income will also increase.
e) Opinion of locals on Industry Expansion Most (90%) of the respondents were unaware of the proposed expansion project. When enquired about their opinion on this, mixed opinions were expressed. About 14% perceived that there would be no change in the existing social or economic conditions, while 64% were hopeful about increase in employment and 25 % respondents worried about increase in pollution. Those who were aware of the expansion of the factory were directly or indirectly in contact with the factory management and some received this information from the Grampanchayat members.
f) Social Environment About 76% respondents reported library facility in their village which was utilised by villagers. Also 17% respondents mentioned that existence of a cultural centre for the use of villagers in the village many (76%) reported madanpam facility in front of their temple which was utilised for multiple community purposes. According to few (12%) respondents there are Public Health Centres (PHC) in the village and 51% respondents confirmed Public Health Sub Centre, functioning properly with availability of doctors in the village. Most (90%) of the respondents asserted availability of toilet facility at homes. Similarly sports ground facility if available was only in schools, and is being used by students for sports activities. However there is no common playground in majority of the villages. According to most respondents only primary school facility is available in their villages. It was interesting to note that there were self help groups in their respective areas for socio-economic up-liftment of the locals, particularly women. However no specific business was carried out by these groups except collecting money and giving loans to members for agriculture and domestic purposes.
97
g) Transportation The transportation facility in the study area is satisfactory as over 94% respondents reported ST bus stand in their villages and 88% respondents mentioned about availability of private vehicles on hire for local transportation. h) Expectations from JSL The respondents expressed diverse expectations from JSL. About 46% stressed on the need for better health facility, 32% demanded domestic waste and sewage management and 16% asked for solid waste treatment facility. Some (12%) wanted good educational facilities to increase the educational standard and others (29%) expected new road construction. Some respondents wanted training for farmers regarding innovative techniques in agriculture, drip irrigation, Bio-sugarcane for increasing sugar cane yield etc.
3.11.4 Observations
It was observed that most of the villages have basic facilities like drinking water, preliminary educational infrastructure, toilets and electricity. However, most villages lacked good roads, drainage and solid waste management system and PHC. In villages like Watwate, Jamagaon Bk, Arbali, Siddhapur and Vadapur water sources like tube well, well and river are polluted due to industrial waste water and domestic waste. Locals residing close to the factory suffered from air and odour pollution. In village Begampur, Bramhapur domestic waste water is directly released into the river.
According to the locals assured permanent jobs have not been given by JSL. Thus there is increase in unemployment and local’s people indulge in vices such as gambling and alcohol consumption. Industry sprinkles treated waste water on roads for transportation of sugarcane during crushing season to reduce dust released by vehicles.
3.11.5 Demands of Respondents from JSL in CER Activities The main expectations of the respondents from the JSL are as follows Higher rate for their sugarcane be paid. Training in eco-friendly agricultural practices to increasing crop yield. Most stressed on assured supply of safe drinking water, and provision of roads and street
lights in their respective villages. Construction of sewage gutters, solid waste management and better health facilities. Good and proper Environment Management Plan (EMP) to stop present and future
environment pollution. Plantation of trees on the periphery of the factory to prevent any pollution to go out of the
factory premises.
3.11.6 Conclusion
Most respondents from all the study villages are dependent on agriculture. Main crop grown in the area is sugarcane. Bulk of the population within the sample size had a modest income mostly due to sugarcane cultivation. Bad odour, water pollution in wells and tube wells and air pollution due to industry waste. In most of villages lack of waste water management and solid waste management are problems to be tackled.
98
3.11.7 Suggestions
The industry should contribute towards providing health facility under CER for locals at least through a mobile health van.
Educational facilities at least upto 10th standard be created, as currently majority of the villages have only primary education facility.
Employment should be given to the people from nearby villages considering the JSL’s environmental impacts on their traditional livelihood.
ZP / Gram panchayat should make provision for infrastructure like roads, toilets in public places with the help of the factory.
3.11.8 Environment Management Plan (EMP)
Activities like distribution of bio-fertilizer, saplings, at a subsidise rate as well as training programme for bio-farming should be conducted for the villages in the area/
Block plantations in villages i.e. schools, temples, roads etc. needs to be undertaken by the industry under CER with local people’s participation. And later to maintain by local schools/ gram panchayat / youth mandals etc. institution, these will act as absorbers of polluted air.
Proper management for waste water (ETP) and Air pollution (APC equipment)
99
Figure 3.20 JSL – Socio-Economic Survey
100
3.12 Ecology The in-house Functional Area Experts of EEIPL for EB Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant was involved in the overall exercise w.r.t. ecology and bio-diversity aspects. This EB report for Jakraya Sugar Ltd. has been prepared by Dr. Jay S. Samant (FAE), Mr. Anup Gargate (Dy. Manager EB), and Mr. Nachiket Patil as Associate. 3.12.1 Study Area
The project site of Jakraya Sugar Ltd. is located at Watwate village, which falls in Mohol Tehsil of Solapur district of Maharashtra. The study area (10 Km radius) around project site covers a total of 27 villages. Out of these,7 villages fall in 5 km radius and 20 villages in between 5 to 10 km radius. Largely the area is comprised of grasslands mixed with scrub habitat and agriculture which support a unique mosaic of micro ecosystem. The area being situated on the Deccan plateau makes the study area relatively plane with average elevation of 470 m MSL. The region falls under dry (arid and semi arid) climate category. Rainfall is scanty with an annual average of 625 mm. River Bhima is the major water source in the study area. This river supports good aquatic, littoral as well as terrestrial habitats and biodiversity in the study area. The study area includes some GIB Eco Sensitive Area. Grassland with open scrub (25.25%), fallow land (26.48%), River (1.37%) and Water bodies (0.16%) forms around 53.26% of natural wilderness habitats in the study area.
Out of the total 27villages within 10 km radius, 18 villages were selected for Ecology and Biodiversity (EB) studies and 13 for Questionnaire survey, for being representative of the major habitats in the study area i.e. 7 villages within 5 km radius and 11 villages between 5 and 10 km radius. 3.12.2 Methodology Ecology: During EB study Topo sheet (surveyed in 1967-68 and updated during 2005-06), IRS LISS IV satellite imagery and LULC maps based on them were used. Similarly relevant data from Solapur District Census (2011) and District Gazetteer, and other relevant literature were referred. In Ecology study ground truthing was done during field visits by confirming the LULC maps to learn major macro and micro habitats in the study area. The representative terrestrial habitat locations such as grassland, scrub, agriculture and in wetland habitats streams, water tanks and rivers were identified in the vicinity of the study villages. Field surveys were conducted between 24 to 27 December2018. Biodiversity: The field survey was carried out according to random sampling method for flora, and opportunistic sighting method (Larsen and Viana, 2016), and standard point count method (Altmann, 1974) for fauna. In general visual observation and estimation method was used for qualitative study of the biota. Birds and fish were attempted for study being good indicators of local environmental change. Flora, mainly major tree species, was focused on identification and species abundance. Binoculars Olympus (10X50-6.5O) and Olympus (7X35-7O) were used for observation of birds and landscape and relevant photo documentation was done for habitats and biodiversity records using Canon power-shot SX30IS (HD 35 x 14 Megapixels). Field guides such as Book of Indian Birds by Salim Ali (2002), Birds of the Indian Subcontinent by Grimmet et al. (2005), Book of Indian Animals
101
by Prater ( 1980 ), the book of Indian Reptiles and Amphibians by (Daniel (2002) and Freshwater Fishes by Daniels (2002) were referred for preparing checklists of faunal taxa. The data thus collected was used to estimate diversity and status of species.
Table 3.24 Names of study villages within 5 to 10 Km radius for EB survey
* - Activity done 3.12.3 Ecology 3.12.3.1 Field observations
The terrain of study area in the 10 Km radius from project site is predominantly flat terrain with dwarf scattered hills. Most of this area is natural terrestrial ecosystem dominated by grassland with scrub, and followed by pockets of woodland, fallow land and manmade habitat including cropland, horticulture and settlements. The north-west and north-eastside of study area covers major mosaic natural patches of Grassland with scrub habitat which partly comes under GIB Eco-Sensitive Zone. Due to the proximity of Sugar factories and availability of water through lift irrigation from River Bhima in the south and south-west side on both banks, major part has sugarcane cultivations around villages Vadapuri, Miri, Arboli, Siddhapur, Tandore, and Tamadardi. Other important crops in study area are tur, onion, jowar, vegetables and horticultural crops like grapes, pomegranate and apple ber. This diverse mosaics of natural and manmade micro habitats are favourable for a rich diversity of fauna as reflected in the faunal list. Neem (Azadirachtaindica ) and Babhul (Acacia nilotica ) are the dominant wild local tree species in the area. In recent past expansion of agriculture lands, particularly under sugarcane, has converted vast natural grassland and scrub habitats, resulting into degradation of natural habitats declining wildlife diversity. In aquatic habitats wetlands including a river, small streams, marshy areas and two water tanks near villages Vadapuri and Rahatewadi respectively exist in the study area. The area falls in semi-arid region but despite being early winter season the water level of Bhima river was low due to heavy drawl for irrigation. However, Small pools and islands formed in the receding wetlands serve as productive habitats for various local as well as migratory avifaunal species as well as littoral and aquatic fauna. Therefore these few habitats need to be protected and conserved on priority.
102
3.12.4 Biodiversity:
3.12.4.1 Field observations
Traditionally these dry open areas, with mixed scrub and grasslands, are used by diverse taxa as their natural habitats. Similarly mosaic of mix agriculture fields and horticulture as artificial habitat are long time supporting the diverse local fauna, which coexisted with the agriculture practices in the region. As per the Zoological Survey of India (ZSI, 1989) a total 148 Avifaunal species were recorded in Solapur district. Moreover, floral biodiversity of Solapur district is comprised of 83 tree species, 50 shrub species, 4 climbers, and 19 grasses. As per the State Forest Department the faunal diversity of the region is represented by 12 mammalian species, 12 reptile species and 45 avifaunal species.
Birds are known to be good bio-indicators of ecosystem health, as any change in its environmental status is reflected in avifaunal population, composition and behavior. Therefore the field study was primarily focused on avifauna, and also Lepidoptera and fish fauna in the study area. During the brief field survey a total 61 avian species belonging to 17 orders and 14 families were recorded, out of which 36 species were common resident, 16 species were not common resident, 7 species were not common winter visitor and 1 species was common winter visitor. Out of the recorded bird species Woolly-Necked Stork (Ciconiaepiscopus), Black-headed Ibis (Threskiornismelanocephalus), River tern (Sterna aurantia) were observed along Bhima river banks and Red-necked Falcon (Falco chicquera) was observed in natural grassland habitat. Out of these the first species is Vulnerable and the remaining three are Near Threatened according to IUCN (Red list, 2018). In case of Feeding Guild out of the total 12 species are dependent on multiple sources for feeding while remaining are dependent on single food source i.e. out of the total 61 bird species 15 sp. were Piscivorous, 15 sp. Insectivorous, 5 sp. Carnivorous, 6 sp. Omnivorous, 7 sp. Granivorous, 1 sp. Nectarivorous and 1sp. was Frugivorous. A total of 5 Butterfly (Lepidoptera) species were also observed, belonging to 1 order and 3 families. Most of them were associated with natural grassland habitats and some manmade agriculture habitat. A total 6 species of fish and 1 fresh water crab species were recorded during study visit Annexure I. As per Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972(as amended upto 2013; IWPA), out of total six Schedules, Mammal and Birds species are given protection under Schedule I-V. During the field survey 2 species listed under Schedules I and II of the Act, Common mongoose and Red necked Falcon were recorded Annexure I.
In flora dominant wild tree and shrub species were recorded to give indications of change in local environmental quality over a period. In flora, 11 locally common tree and shrub species were observed almost evenly scattered in the area during field investigation, out of them dominant are Babhul (Acacia nilotica,) Neem (Azadirachtaindica,) and Tamarind ( Tamarindusindica) and shrubChilar (Prosobisjulifora). 3.12.5 Questionnaire survey
Ecology:
A vast majority (76%) of the respondents revealed that in the past a major part of this area consisted of natural grasslands and scrub, which now has been converted into cropland or fallow land. The major habitats in the area according to locals in the past included grassland (52%), scrub (35%) and forest (4%). The present status of theses habitats as per the locals is grassland (33%), scrub (60%) and forest (4%). This indicates that there is some (19%)
103
reduction in area under grassland and increase in (25%) scrub. There is minor change in other remaining land use types. Many (45%) respondent opined that due to agriculture expansion and industrialization the major natural habitat (i.e. grassland and scrub) is reduced along Bhima river banks. In case of aquatic habitats also there are changes in both quantity and quantity of the water resource in the recent past. The majority of respondents (60%) reported gradual decline in groundwater availability. The reasons for these habitat changes are attributed in descending order to agriculture expansion (45%) and industrialization (13%). Few (10%) people also reported the decline of rainfall and water level of river Bhima in the study area. Contamination of ground water due to industrial discharge was also reported by few respondents. Biodiversity: In questionnaire survey on biodiversity, locals reported 9 common tree species in the study area, namely Banyan, Peepal, Umbar, Tamarind, Drumstick, Babhul, Neem, Amba and Gulmohar. The dominant wild tree species in the region being Babhul and Neem are commonly used by locals. In agriculture the crops grown are jowar, sugarcane, onion,split pigeon peas and vegetables. The horticulture is dominated by pomegranate, grapes, papaya and apple ber. According to respondents in the past the native dominant mammalian wildlife was Blackbuck, Chinkara, Indian Wolf, Indian Jackal, Wild Boar, Common Mongoose, Indian Porcupine, Common Langur, Indian Hare, Indian flying fox, and Three-striped Palm Squirrel. However the wildlife particularly associated with grassland habitats is on decline due to shrinkage of the habitats. Wild boar which was rarely seen along River Bhima is now associated with raiding sugarcane crop. A large majority (91%) confirmed occurrence of common birds like Indian peafowl, Common Myna, francolin and different raptors. Existence of GIB was reported earlier. In reptiles, presence of Indian Rat Snake, Spectacled Cobra, Russel’s viper, Monitor lizard, Garden lizard are common in the area. In fish diversity, few (22 %) respondents were aware of the presence of locally captured and marketed fish species like Rohu, Dokrya, Catla and Tilap. One of the local fisherman reported introduction of exotic Tilapia (Oreochromis mossambica) species in recent 5 years in river Bhima, and reported decline in the species namely Mrigal and Katerna. In case of invertebrates, only 40% respondents were aware of presence of spiders, butterflies, scorpions and crabs but could not identify or name them. As per Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972(as amended up to 2013; IWPA), out of total six Schedules, Mammal, Reptiles and Birds species are protected in Schedule I-V. During the field survey a total of 10species listed under Schedules I and II of the Act, are reported and are given in Annexure II. In general, there is significant biodiversity in the study area which needs to be conserved by protecting their local habitats on priority basis. It is also mandatory to submit the Conservation plan for Schedule I-II animals by the Forest department. 3.12.6 Probable Environmental Impact of Proposed Expansion Project on Ecology and
Biodiversity in the region The impacts were considered for worst case scenario such as direct discharge of untreated spent wash into river Bhima or in the immediate surrounding area. It was revealed from drainage map that the major stream originating near project site, passes between villages
104
Watwate and Yenaki through village Miri and finally reaches river Bhima at about 3.4 km on south of the project site. Most of the agriculture in the region especially on north-east, north-west and south-east side of the project site is depends on ground water i.e. wells and tube wells. Also the stream flowing from Yenaki-Miri and Watwate-Miri is almost disrupted due to encroachment, agriculture expansion, and road construction.
In case of air pollution, the industry is going to contribute increased SPM pollution load in the surrounding areas. This will have some negative impact particularly on avifauna, surrounding crop yields and local population. The pollution control measures as per EMP should strictly be implemented by the industry. It is to be ensured that hazardous effluents, waste does not escape into neighbouring habitats such agriculture fields, horticulture, woodlands, grasslands in the area through the streams, even if they are seasonal, and ground water. The mandatory thick Green Belt should be developed along the entire periphery of the project land to restrict negative impact of air pollution on local ecology and biodiversity. 3.12.6.1 Green belt
Observations: As per the TOR dated 14.09.2018 under section [5(g)] of Impact and Environment Management Plan point (7) ix.), 33% of the total plot area should be under the Green Belt (GB), where not less than 1500 trees per ha, should be planted along the entire periphery of the total industrial plot. This GB should be developed for pollution control and environmental protection purpose, and not merely for aesthetic or horticulture purpose as usually misunderstood. Large types of local woody tree species, suitable to local climatic conditions are to be planted in the GB (CPCB, 2000). In view of same, the requisite Green Belt augmentation plan is presented in Chapter No. 2 3.12.6.2 CER Activity
Observations and recommendations:
As per the CPCB (2000), MoEFCC guidelines GB is to be developed for environmental protection and as mitigation measure from diverse pollutants, to safeguard health of workers, population in vicinity and biodiversity in the area. Also plantation of fruit bearing trees is not desirable on industrial premise to avoid possible harmful contamination and bioaccumulation of hazardous chemicals in fruits and vegetables. In general in the GB mixed local large growing tree species composition forming thick belt of tree with certain width, say 3 trees, be planted along the entire periphery of the total plot. The saplings selected would be preferably be over three year old, robust, and around 5 feet in height for speedy growth and better survival rate. Proper irrigation, protection and maintenance of the trees need to be ensured.
• Time bound CER activities for protection and conservation of the identified natural habitats in the vicinity, with joint participation of locals and industry, needs to be undertaken on priority. The four villages in the study area namely Kothale, Sohale, Korvali and Ardhanari, being still rich in ecology and their biodiversity, are recommended under CER activity for conservation and preservation of their existing ecology and biodiversity.
• Depending on local conditions, activities such as i) plantation of local tree species, ii) removal of weeds and exotics, iii) solid waste and sewage management. iv) water and soil conservation, and v) environment awareness campaign should be undertaken involving locals, particularly youth and women self-help groups should be undertaken.
105
• In addition to proactively controlling negative impacts of industrial pollution on the local ecology, above initiatives would help improve villager’s health, most of who are employed in this industry. This will also motivate the locals and the industry employees alike to protect ecology and biodiversity in and around their own villages.
• The proposed CER activities of Jakraya Sugar Ltd should therefore be ecology based, time bound and result oriented for protection of local environment. The thrust of these activities should be based on the CER guidelines (2018) and ultimately focused on eco-friendly, self-reliant and sustainable development of the villages around 10km radius from the industry.
106
Table 3.25 List of Birds observed during field survey
Sr.No.
Order Family Scientific Name Common Name Status Feeding
guild IUCN Status
WPA 1972
Birds 1 Galliforms Phasianidae Francolin uspictus Painted Francoline CR G LC Sch IV
2 Galliforms Phasianidae Quail sp. CR G LC Sch IV
3 Anseriformes Anatidae Anus poecilorhyncha Spot-Billed Duck NR P LC Sch IV
4 Anseriformes Anatidae Spatula clypeata Northern Shoveler NW P LC Sch IV
5 Anseriformes Anatidae Anascrecca Common Teal NW P LC Sch IV
6 Anseriformes Anatidae Tadornaferruginea Ruddy Shel Duck NW P LC Sch IV
7 Ciconiiformes Ciconiidae Anastomusoscitans Asian Open Bill NR P LC Sch IV
8 Ciconiiformes Ciconiidae Ciconiaepiscopus Wolly Necked Stork NR P/I VU Sch IV
9 Ciconiiformes Threskiornithidae Pseudibispapillosa Black Ibis CR P/I LC Sch IV
10 Ciconiiformes Threskiornithidae Threskiornismelanocephalus Black headed Ibis NR P NT Sch IV
11 Ciconiiformes Threskiornithidae Platalealeucorodia Eurasian spoonbill NR P LC Sch IV
12 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Ardeolagrayii Indian pond-heron CR P LC Sch IV
13 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Ardeacinerea Grey Heron NW P LC Sch IV
14 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret CR P LC Sch IV
15 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Egrettagarzetta Little Egret CR P LC Sch IV
16 Pelecaniformes Phalacrocoracdiae Phalacrocoraxniger Little Cormorant CR P LC Sch IV
17 Accipitriformes Accipitridae Haliastur Indus Brahminy Kite CR C LC Sch IV
18 Accipitriformes Accipitridae Circus aeruginosus Eurasian Marsh Harrier NW C LC Sch IV
19 Falconiformes Accipitridae Accipiter badius Shikra CR C LC Sch IV
20 Falconiformes Buzzard sp. NR C LC Sch IV
21 Falconiformes Accipitridae Falco chicquera Red necked Falcon NR C NT Sch I
22 Gruiformes Rallidae Porphyrioporphyrio Purple swamphen CR O LC Sch IV
23 Gruiformes Rallidae Gallinulachloropus Common Moorhen NR P LC Sch IV
24 Gruiformes Rallidae Fulicaatra Commmon Coot NR O LC Sch IV
Order Family Scientific Name Common Name Status Feeding
guild IUCN Status
WPA 1972
25 Recurvirostridae Recurvirostridae Himantopushimantopus Black winged stilt CR I/P LC Sch IV
26 Recurvirostridae Recurvirostridae Tringanebularia Common GreenShack NW I/P LC Sch IV
27 Charadriiformes Charadriidae Vanellusindicus Red wattled lapwing CR I LC Sch IV
28 Charadriiformes Charadriidae Tringahypoleucos Common sandpiper CW I/P LC Sch IV
29 Charadriiformes Charadriidae Charadriusalexandrinus Kentish Plover NR I LC Sch IV 30 Charadriiformes Laridae Sterna aurantia River tern NR I/P NT Sch IV 31 Charadriiformes Laridae Chlidoniashybridus Whiskered Tern NR I LC Sch IV
32 Columbiformes Columbidae Columba livia Blue rock pigeon CR G LC Sch IV 33 Columbiformes Columbidae Streptopeliasenegalensis Laughing dove CR G LC Sch IV
34 Columbiformes Columbidae Streptopeliadecaocto Eurasion Collared-dove CR G LC Sch IV
35 Psittaciformes Psittacidae Psittaculakrameri Rose ringed parakeet CR F LC Sch IV
37 Apodiformes Apodidae Apusaffinis Little swift CR I LC Sch IV
38 Coraciiformes Alcedinidae Halcyon smyrensis White breasted kingfisher CR I/P LC Sch IV 39 Coraciiformes Alcedinidae Cerylerudis Pied Kingfisher NR P LC Sch IV
40 Coraciiformes Meropidae Meropsorientalis Green Bee-Eater CR I LC Sch IV
41 Passeriformes Laniidae Laniusvittatus Bay-backed Shrike NR C/I LC Sch IV
42 Passeriformes Dicruridae Dicrurusmacrocercus Black drongo CR I LC Sch IV 43 Passeriformes Corvidae Corvussplendens House crow CR O LC Sch IV 44 Passeriformes Pycnonotidae Pycnonotuscafer Red Vented Bulbul CR O LC Sch IV 45 Passeriformes Cisticolidae Priniasocialis Ashy Prinia CR I LC Sch IV 46 Passeriformes Leiothrichidae Turdoidesmalcolmi Large grey Babbler CR F/I/N/G LC Sch IV
47 Passeriformes Leiothrichidae Chrysommasinense Yellow Eyed Babbler NR I LC Sch IV 48 Passeriformes Sturnidae Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Starling CR O LC Sch IV
49 Passeriformes Sturnidae Acridotheristristis Common myna CR I/G LC Sch IV 50 Passeriformes Sturnidae Sturnus roseus Rosy Starling NW O LC Sch IV
Order Family Scientific Name Common Name Status Feeding
guild IUCN Status
WPA 1972
53 Passeriformes Muscicapidae Saxicoloidesfulicata Indian robin CR I LC Sch IV
54 Passeriformes Muscicapidae Saxicola caprata Pied bush chat CR I LC Sch IV 55 Passeriformes Muscicapidae Saxicola maurus Siberian Stonechat NR I LC Sch IV 56 Passeriformes Nectarinidae Cinnyrisasiaticus Puple sunbird CR N LC Sch IV 57 Passeriformes Passerinae Passer domesticus House sparrow CR G LC Sch IV 58 Passeriformes Estrildinae Lonchuramalabarica Silverbill CR G LC Sch IV 59 Passeriformes Motacillidae Motacillamaderaspatensis White-browed Wagtail CR I LC Sch IV 60 Passeriformes Motacillidae Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail CR I LC Sch IV 61 Passeriformes Motacillidae Anthusrufulus Paddyfied Pipit NR I LC Sch IV
Table 3.26 List of Flora observed during field survey
Table 3.27 List of fauna commonly reported by the respondents during survey
Sr. No.
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status WPA 1972
Mammals 1. Antilope cervicapra Black buck LC Sch I 2. Lepusnigricollis Indian hare LC Sch IV 3. Sus Scrofacristatus Wild boar LC Sch III 4. Funambulus palmarum Three striped palm
squirrel LC NL
5. Presbytis entellus Common langur LC Sch II 6. Hystrixindica Indian Porcupine LC Sch IV 7. Pteropusgiganteus Indian flying fox LC Sch V 8. Herpestesedwardsi Common mongoose LC Sch II 9. Vulpesbengalensis Indian Fox LC Sch II 10. Canis lupus Indian wolf LC Sch I
Reptiles 11. Najanaja Spectacled cobra NL Sch II 12. Ptyas mucosa Indian rat snake NL Sch IV
13. Daboiarusselii Russell’s viper NL Sch II 14. Echiscarinatus Saw scaled viper NL Sch IV
15. Python molurus Indian Python Sch I 16. Varanus bengalensis Indian monitor lizard LC Sch I 17. Calotes versicolor Garden lizard NL NL 18. Hemidactylusfrenatus Common house gecko NL NL
Birds 19. Pavocristatus Indian peafowl LC Sch I 20. Acridotherestristis Common myna LC Sch IV
21. Passer domesticus House sparrow LC Sch IV
22. Corvusspendens House crow LC Sch V
23. Milvusmigrans Black kite LC Sch IV
24. Psittaculakrameri Rose-ringed parakeet LC Sch IV
LC: Least Concern, NT: Near Threatened, VU: Vulnerable, EN: Endangered, NL: Not listed Table 3.28 List of flora commonly reported by the locals during survey
4.1 Introduction Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters, due to proposed expansion project, is an important aspect to be studied. This chapter incorporates both, qualitative and quantitative descriptions of various environmental impacts due toproposed expansion of sugar factory, co-generation plant and distillery by JSL; Mohol, Solapur. Various scientific techniques are available to predict and evaluate the impact of developmental activities on the physical, ecological and socio – economic environments. The predictions are superimposed over the base line status (pre- project) of environmental quality to obtain the final (post- project) environmental conditions. ‘Environmental Impact’ can be defined as any alteration of the environmental conditions or creation of a new set of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set of actions under consideration.Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary impacts are those which are attributed directly to the project. On the other hand, secondary Impacts are the ones which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investments and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed action. Expansion of JSLmay influence the environment of the study area in two phases as under- • ConstructionPhase: During the construction period, the impact may be temporary. • Operational Phase: Post construction phase may have long term effects on the
environment.
4.2 Construction Phase Construction phase impacts on the environment can be considered short term. The activities during erection of the plant and civil structures may affect the environment of the area surrounding the site.Impacts as well as mitigation measures for the same are described in Table 4.1. Further in Table 4.2, measures have been stated towards disposal of wastes generated during construction operations.
117
Table 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase
No Env. Aspects Parameter Causes Impacts Types Mitigation Measures / Remarks 1 Air Dust (SPM)
Vehicular movement, drilling, excavation and land levelling
• Respiratory problems – coughing, painful breathing; irritation in eyes.
• High SO2 and NOX - lung disorders, wheezing and shortness of breath.
• Obstruction in photosynthesis and evapo-transpiration due to deposition of dust on surface of leaves thereby reducing crop yield.
Minor (Negative Impact)
• SO2 and NOX at single location will not increase as vehicular movement and machines will be mobile.
• Control of dust emissions by sprinkling water on open spaces, kuccha roads, heaps of earthen filling
• Provision of PPEs to workers • Augmentation of GB after commencement
of activity.
SO2 Vehicular movement NOX
2 Water Deterioration of Water quantity, quality and aesthetics of water body.
• Water for construction& domestic activities.
• Surface runoff, seepage.
• Domestic effluent. • Spill from fuel,
oil &other chemicals.
• Leachates
Industrial premises at JSL has already been well developed Hence, construction to be taken up under proposed expansion project shall have no significant impact on water environment. Some minor impacts could be contamination of nearby water body
Minor (Negative Impact)
• Proper and adequate segregation of construction area and appropriate drainages, to minimize runoff
• Cutting and filling work will be avoided during rainy season.
• Stone pitching on the slopes and construction of concrete drains for storm water to minimize soil erosion.
• Strengthening the existing green belt.
3 Noise Noise Nuisance and Disturbance
• Construction equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, pumps, compressors, pneumatic tools, saws, vibrators etc.
• Continuous and intermediate source
• It is not a continuous source and hence do not pose a health risk or damage peoples' sense of hearing.
• Adversely affects quality of life of occupants and nearby residents.
• Constant exposure to high noise levels results in damage of ear drums and loss of hearing.
• Increased BP levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems.
Minor (Negative Impact)
• In existing sugar and co-gen unit. There will be minimum construction work.
• Provision of proper acoustic enclosure for noise generating and vibrating machinery.
• Protective equipment’s such as ear plugs, earmuffs etc. for workers will be provided.
• Onsite workers must not be exposed, for more than 8 hours, to high noise generating sources.
119
No Env. Aspects Parameter Causes Impacts Types Mitigation Measures / Remarks 4 Soil and Land
use Soil Quality and Topography
• Spill from fuel, oil and other chemicals.
• Substratum excavated during construction of foundations.
• Improper storage of solid waste
• Affects the soil, micro as well as macro flora. Thereby, disturbing the nutritive composition of soil.
• Positive benefits in the form of land levelling and tree plantation in the plant vicinity and other premises.
• Bad aesthetics due to littering.
Minor (Negative Impact)
• Proper maintenance of vehicles as well as machinery used during construction to avoid oil, fuel leakages.
• Disposal of waste to authorised recyclers and resellers.
5 Biodiversity and Habitat
Terrestrial as well as aquatic Flora, Fauna and Avifauna.
• Dust emissions • Noise generation • Influx of onsite
workers • Flood lights, high
masts etc.
• No any major impacts envisaged but some minor impacts may be observed.
• Retarded growth and productivity of the plants.
Minor (Negative Impact)
• Noise generating and vibrating machinery would be provided with proper acoustic enclosure
• Water sprinkling arrangement shall be provided to curb dust emissions during construction activities.
• Workers staying onsite shall be supplied with fuel source such as LPG, Kerosene etc. for cooking. Moreover, proper care shall be taken so that the surrounding ecological area is duly conserved.
6 Risk, Hazard and Occupational health & Safety
Accidental risk and Hazard
• Lifting of heavy tools and tackles, construction equipment
• Repetitive motion, awkward postures and vibrations
• High noise generating machinery
• Continuous exposure to dust
• Physical problems viz. Carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, back pain, muscle soreness and nerve damage reduction in hearing efficiency of workers
• Shortness of breath following physical exertion, severe cough and chest pains
• Fatigue and loss of appetite • Eye irritation and eye sight
problems • Electrical shock • Spread of various diseases
Minor (Negative Impact)
• Use of advanced technology and sophisticated machinery during construction
• Maximum Employment of young and adequately trained persons (above 18 years)
• Providing various PPEs like dust masks, safety glasses, helmets, gum boots, ear plugs and ear muffs etc. to the workers.
• Proper earthling for electrical supply, • Separation of deep excavations and marking
of dangerous areas with barricading etc. • 24 X 7 medical aid with trained doctors and
ambulance facility • Training to the workers from view points of
120
No Env. Aspects Parameter Causes Impacts Types Mitigation Measures / Remarks • Welding of metal
parts • Cabling of
electrical work. • Unhygienic
conditions resulting from day-to-day activities of workers living in industrial area.
safety, health and hygiene.
7 Socio-Economic
Social and Economic status
Expansion of existing sugar factory.
• Primary and secondary employment generation
Major (Positive Impact)
There will be positive impact to the residents nearby industrial unit in the form of new job opportunities and increase in good employment generation potential.
Table 4.2 Disposal of Waste Generation during Construction Phase
Sr. No. Type of Waste Mitigation Measures 1 Metal scrap Sold to scrap dealers for reprocessing. 2 Wooden scrap Utilized by local labours as fuel for domestic operations. 3 Broken bricks, stones and cement concrete wastes Used as filler material in plinth, low lying areas etc. 4 Paint cans, brushes and other plastic waste materials. Sold to re-cyclers, authorised re-processers.
Table 4.3 Identification of Impacts due to Operation Phase
No. Env. Aspects Sections Activity Impacts Type of Impact Remarks 1 Air
Generation of stack emissions (particulates, SOx & NOx), fugitive dust, bagasse particles, lime dust, fine sugar dust & water mist, bagasse dust, odour nuisance, and release ofCO2 emissions.
There will be increase in AAQ
pollutants.
Major (Quantifiable)
Impacts due to existing boiler operations may not have significant impact on air environment due to provision of APC Equipment. The impacts on existing ambient concentrations is described below at Section 4.3.1of this Chapter.
121
No. Env. Aspects Sections Activity Impacts Type of Impact Remarks 2 Water
(WP) Milling section, Juice storage, Juice clarification, Juice concentration section, Vacuum pan, Crystallizer and Centrifuge
If spillage of juice, syrup, washings etc. accidently discharged into water body, it may cause impact on water quality.
There will be increase in water
pollutants.
Major (Quantifiable)
The impacts due to operation activities are significant. Quantification of accidental discharge into nearby water body & nallah is given below at Section 4.3.3 of this Chapter.
Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) Discharge of untreated effluent Hamper the water body & its
Due to cane transportation activities, milling operations, conveyors, trolleys, sugar bag packing machines, boiler operations, high pressure steam injection & high speed turbine rotary motions etc.
There will be increase in Noise
level.
Minor (Non-Quantifiable)
The impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant.
4 Solid & Hazardous Waste (SHW)
Cane yard, Milling section, Vacuum filtration, Bagasse yard (conveyance; handling; transport & storage), Pressmud yard, and Ash yard.
Solid waste such as bagasse, bagassilo, ash, pressmud, trash, dung, lubricant spills.
There will be increase in spillages.
Minor (Non- Quantifiable)
The impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant. SHW generated would be properly handled and disposed off.
ETP Non-scientific disposal of sludge, its littering and odour nuisance
There will be increase in water
pollutants. 5 Soil
(SC) Boiler operation (fuel burning), Ash storage yard, Juice storage, Juice concentration section, Vacuum pan, Crystallizer, Centrifuge, Molasses storage tank.
Generation of ash, yeast sludge, spillage of juice/ syrup, molasses.
There will be change in soil characteristics
Minor (Non- Quantifiable)
The impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant.
Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) Discharge of untreated / partially treated effluent on land/ nearby farm
There will be change in soil characteristics
6 Risk & Hazard
Bagasse conveyance, handling, transport and storage yard, Molasses storage tanks, Sulphur storage & Sulphur di-oxide generation plant.
Fire in bagasse yard, Accidental spillage of molasses, Leakage of SO2.
There is possibility of huge explosion
in industry
Major Worst-case scenarios predicting the impacts due to hazardous raw materials or chemicals are presented in Chapter 7.
7 Ecology & Biodiversity
Co-gen Boilers, ETP Ash & dust emissions, spillage of effluents from ETP.
There will be negative impact on
Ecology & Biodiversity.
Major (Non- Quantifiable)
Impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant
122
4.3 Operation Phase
Operational phase activities may have impacts minor or major, positive or negative on environmental disciplines such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro meteorology, land use, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics and noise environment. The same has been presented in following paragraphs.
Figure 4.1 Impact Identification from Process Flow Chart
4.3.1. Impact on Air Quality
A) Emissions from Fuel Burning
Major sources of air pollution shall be boilers as well as vehicles used for transportation. Presently, there are two boilers in existing sugar factory & Distillery unit with capacity – 70 TPH & 8 TPH. For 70 TPH, Wet Scrubber has been provided as APC equipment. Bagasse is used as fuel for same. In the expansion activity one additional boiler having capacity 90 TPH will be installed. Same will be provided with ESP as APC equipment. Bagasse/coal will be used as fuel for 90 TPH boiler; The Biogas from new Biomethanation plant will be used for 70 TPH boiler which will be operated during off season. The stack emissions from existing boiler shall be
Sugar Factory
Noise
Air
Air RH
Power
Dried to Powder
Bagasse Steam
RH Air Water Soil
Air SHW Noise
Water
Noise SHW Noise Air SHW Air Noise Water SHW
Raw Spent Wash
Press Mud
Cogeneration Plant
SHW Air
To Factory
Weighment & Cane Preparation
Cane Milling/ Crushing
Juice Extraction & Clarification
Syrup Boiling
Centrifuging
Storage of Sugar
Boiler Turbines
To Grid
MEE
Fermentation Distillation Alcohol Storage
Molasses
Distillery
AirSHW Noise
SHW Air
Water Soil EB
Juice Sulphitation
123
particulate matter, SO2, CO, NOX. In addition, the vehicular exhaust may also contribute to air pollution. Refer Chapter 2 for more details of boilers and stacks.
4.3.1.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modelling
In order to study the movement of particulate matter and gaseous pollutants' release into atmosphere from the source, Air Dispersion Model – AERMOD developed by the US Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) is used. Software helps in knowing details of particulate dispersed in down wind direction and finally reaching the ground at farther distance from the source. Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) mainly depend upon the strength of emission source & micrometeorology of the study area. Hence, AERMOD software is not used for understanding the increase in baseline concentrations of ambient air. Site-specific meteorological data collected for one season i.e. from Oct. – Nov. – Dec. 2018. Refer Figure 4.2 for wind rose. Predominant wind direction & wind speeds are tabulated in following table –
Table 4.4 Predominant Wind Directions
Sr. No
Season Time (Hrs.) Predominant wind Direction
Nearest Habitation Downwind
1 Winter 08:30 SE Watwate 17:30 SE Watwate 2 Post-monsoon 08:30 NW Watwate 17:30 NW Watwate 3 Monsoon 08:30 W Yenaki 17:30 W Yenaki 4 Pre-monsoon 08:30 E Yenaki 17:30 E Yenaki
Table 4.5 Predominant Wind Direction and Speed Categories
Season Predominant Wind Direction Wind Speed Category (Km/h) October North-East 1-19
November East 1-19 December East 1-19
The 24 hourly 98th percentile concentrations and averages of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx in ambient air, recorded during the field study conducted for the monitoring period, are considered as baseline values. The impact due to operations of existing nearby industries on this region is represented by average concentrations of above mentioned parameters at this location, which are considered as ‘Baseline Concentrations’ to determine the impact of proposed activities in JSL on ambient air quality. The baseline concentrations are summarized in the following table.
Table 4.6 Baseline Concentrations
Parameter Concentration (µg/m3) (98th Percentile)
NAAQS Remark
PM10 62.99 100 µg/m3 The baseline concentrations for all parameters monitored are well within the limits.
Figure 4.4 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)
Max. PM2.5Conc. is 0.221μg/m3 towards South West direction at 1.47 Km from site
Table 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 Values (mg/m3)
Sr. No
Location Direction Distance
(Km)
98% baseline PM2.5
Conc.)μg/Nm3
Incremental PM2.5GLC
Total PM2.5
Predictive GLC
% Incremental
Remark
Impact
A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D) x 100 -- --
1 Project Site -- -- 22.65 0 22.65 0.00
Predictive conc. lower than
standard
Insignificant
2 Watwate E 1.00 22.91 0.1 23.01 0.44
3 Jamgaon Bk. E 4.15 21.16 0.05 21.21 0.24
4 Yenaki NW 2.22 23.88 0.02 23.9 0.08
5 Arbali SW 4.00 22.24 0.05 22.29 0.22
6 Ichgaon NW 5.75 22.15 0.01 22.16 0.05
7 Miri S 3.33 23.08 0.04 23.12 0.17
8 Wagholiwadi N 4.59 20.65 0.04 20.69 0.19
Average 22.34 22.37
N
127
Figure 4.5 Isopleths of SO2(24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)
Maximum concentration of SO2 is 5.80 μg/m3towards South West direction at 1.98Km from site
Table 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2 Values
Sr. No
Location Direction Distance
(Km)
98% baseline
PM10 Conc.
(μg/Nm3)
Incremental PM10
(GLC) (μg/Nm3)
Total PM10
Predictive GLC
% Incremental
Remark Impact
A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D) x 100 -- --
1 Project Site -- -- 24.46 0.18 24.64 0.74
Incre. conc. lower than
standard
Insignificant
2 Watwate E 1.00 24.44 4 28.44 16.37
3 Jamgaon Bk. E 4.15 23.96 1 24.96 4.17
4 Yenaki NW 2.22 25.41 0.80 26.21 3.15
5 Arbali SW 4.00 24.42 1 25.42 4.10
6 Ichgaon NW 5.75 23.05 0.18 23.23 0.78
7 Miri S 3.33 22.79 1 23.79 4.39
8 Wagholiwadi N 4.59 22.55 1 23.55 4.43
Average 23.88 25.03
128
Figure 4.6 Isopleths of NOX (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)
Maximum concentration of NOX is 2.80μg/m3towardsSouth West direction at 1.96Km from site
Table 4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in NOX Values
Sr. No
Location Direction Distance
(Km)
98% baseline
PM10 Conc.
(μg/Nm3)
Incremental PM10
(GLC) (μg/Nm3)
Total PM10
Predictive GLC
% Incremental
Remark Impact
A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D) x 100 -- --
1 Project Site -- -- 30.96 0.09 31.05 0.29
Incre. conc. lower than
standard
Insignificant
2 Watwate E 1.00 32.02 1 33.02 3.12
3 Jamgaon Bk. E 4.15 29.96 0.50 30.46 1.67
4 Yenaki NW 2.22 30.86 0.40 31.26 1.30
5 Arbali SW 4.00 30.04 0.80 30.84 2.66
6 Ichgaon NW 5.75 29.51 0.10 29.61 0.34
7 Miri S 3.33 30.11 0.50 30.61 1.66
8 Wagholiwadi N 4.59 29.11 0.50 29.61 1.72
Average 30.32 30.80
From the above observations, it could be concluded that the impact on air quality at the 8 monitoring stations due to the boilers (stack emissions) with air pollution control equipment in operation is non-significant. From Table 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 & 4.10 (operation of APC equipment), it is seen that– 1. Incremental increase in PM10 concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of
0% to 0.17% with the lowest concentration of 58.83µg/m3 at Wagholiwadi, the highest concentration of 63.21µg/m3 at Watwate; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 100µg/m3.
129
2. Incremental increase in PM2.5 concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 0% to 0.44% with the lowest concentration of 20.69 µg/m3 at Wagholiwadi, the highest concentration of 23.12 µg/m3 at Miri; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 60 µg/m3.
3. Incremental increase in SO2 concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 0.74% to 16.37% with the lowest concentration of 23.55 µg/m3 at Wagholiwadi, the highest concentration of 28.44 µg/m3 at Watwate; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 80 µg/m3.
4. Incremental increase in NOx concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 0.29% to 3.12% with the lowest concentration of 29.61µg/m3 at Wagholiwadi, the highest concentration of 33.02µg/m3 at Watwate; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 60 µg/m3.
II. Predictions for Emissions from stack, Worst Case Scenario (Scenario- during Non-operation of APC):
Figure 4.7 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3 without APC)
Max.PM10Conc. is 44.2 μg/m3towardsSouth West direction at 1.47 Km from site.
Table 4.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 Values for Non Operation of APC
Sr. No
Location Direction Distance
(Km)
98% baseline PM10
Conc.μg/Nm3
Incremental PM10
GLC
Total PM10
Predictive GLC
% Incremental
Remark Impact
A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D) x 100 -- --
1 Project Site -- -- 62.99 0 62.99 0.00
Predictive conc. lower than
standard
Insignificant
2 Watwate E 1.00 63.11 10 73.11 15.8
3 Jamgaon Bk. E 4.15 61.35 10 71.35 16.30
4 Yenaki NW 2.22 61.14 7 68.14 11.45
5 Arbali SW 4.00 59.87 10 69.87 16.70
6 Ichgaon NW 5.75 59.83 1.4 61.23 2.34
7 Miri S 3.33 60.35 9 69.35 14.91
130
Sr. No
Location Direction Distance
(Km)
98% baseline PM10
Conc.μg/Nm3
Incremental PM10
GLC
Total PM10
Predictive GLC
% Incremental
Remark Impact
A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D) x 100 -- --
8 Wagholiwadi N 4.59 58.73 7 65.73 11.92
Average 60.92 67.72
Figure 4.8 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3 without APC)
Max. PM2.5Conc. is 11.1μg/m3 towards South West direction at 1.47 Km from site
Table 4.12 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 Values for Non Operation of APC
Sr. No
Location Direction Distance
(Km)
98% baseline
PM10 Conc.
(μg/Nm3)
Incremental PM10
(GLC) (μg/Nm3)
Total PM10
Predictive GLC
% Incremental
Remark Impact
A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D) x 100 -- --
1 Project Site -- -- 22.65 0 22.65 0.00
Incre. conc. lower than
standard
Insignificant
2 Watwate E 1.00 22.91 6 28.91 26.19
3 Jamgaon Bk. E 4.15 21.16 2 23.16 9.45
4 Yenaki NW 2.22 23.88 1 24.88 4.19
5 Arbali SW 4.00 22.24 2 24.24 8.99
6 Ichgaon NW 5.75 22.15 0.5 22.65 2.26
7 Miri S 3.33 23.08 2 25.08 8.67
8 Wagholiwadi N 4.59 20.65 2 22.65 9.69
Average 22.34 24.27
131
From Table 4.11 and Table 4.12 (non-operational conditions of APC equipment), it is seen that – 1. Incremental increase in PM10 concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of
0% to 16.70% with the lowest concentration of 61.23µg/m3 at Ichgaon, the highest concentration of 73.11µg/m3 at Watwate; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 100µg/m3.
2. Incremental increase in PM2.5 concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 0% to 26.19% with the lowest concentration of 22.65µg/m3 at Site, the highest concentration of 28.91 µg/m3 at Watwate; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 60 µg/m3.
From the above observations, it could be concluded that the impact on air 8 monitoring stations due to the boilers (stack emissions) with air pollution control equipment not in operation is non-significant.
4.3.1.2 Analysis and Interpretation: PM10 :
Figure 4.9 Incremental PM10
• Baseline Conc. of PM10
is observed as Min. 58.73µg/m3 (Wagholiwadi) to Max.
63.11µg/m3 (Watwate).Somewhat higher Conc. observed at Watwate (63.11µg/m3 ; 1Km) ,Project Site (62.99 µg/m3 ),Jamgaon BK (61.35 µg/m3 ; 4.15 Km) are attributed torural areas with poorly surfaced roads.
• The Max. incremental value for PM10 with APC is observed as 0.1 µg/m3 at Watwate, Jamgaon BK, Yenaki, Arbali, Miri, Wagholiwadi and without APC is observed as 10 µg/m3 at Watwate, Jamgaon BK, Arbali.
100 ug/Mᶟ
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Conc
entr
atio
n ug
/Mᶟ
Locations
Incremental PM₁₀
Baseline Concentration JSL Predictive with APC JSL Predictive without APC
132
PM2.5 :
Figure 4.10 Incremental PM2.5
• Baseline Conc. of PM2.5
is observed as Min. 20.65µg/m3 (Wagholiwadi) to Max.
23.88µg/m3 (Yenaki). • Higher Conc. Pattern is observed at Yenaki (23.88 µg/m3), Miri (23.08µg/m3)
&Watwate (22.91)µg/m3 are attributed to rural areas with poorly surfaced roads. • The Max. incremental value for PM2.5 with APC is observed as 0.1µg/m3 at Watwate
and without APC is observed as 6µg/m3 at Watwate. SO2 :
Figure 4.11 Incremental SO2
• Baseline Conc. of SO
2 is observed as Min. 22.55 µg/m3 (Wagholiwadi) to Max.
25.41µg/m3 (Yenaki). • The reason for more SO2 Conc. is due to fuel burning in boilers and transportation. • The Max. incremental value for SO2 is observed as 1µg/m3JamgaonBK,Arbali, Miri,
Wagholiwadi.
60 ug/Mᶟ
010203040506070
Conc
entr
atio
n (u
g/Mᶟ)
Locations
Incremental PM₂.₅
Baseline Concentration JSL Predictive with APC JSL Predictive without APC
80 ug/Mᶟ
0
20
40
60
80
100
Conc
entr
atio
n (µ
g/Mᶟ)
Locations
Incremental SO₂
Baseline Concentration JSL Predictive
133
NOx :
Figure 4.12 Incremental NOx
• NOx Conc. Pattern observed is with Min. 29.11 (Wagholiwadi) to Max. 32.02µg/m3 (Watwate ).
• The Max. incremental value for NOx is observed as 1µg/m3Watwate. B) Fugitive Emissions
Fugitive emission under proposed expansion activities of JSL shall be mainly the dust emissions. These will impact the working environment of the workers and will also settle on plants in the industrial premises. The consequence of this shall be respiratory disorders, aggravated coughing and difficult or painful breathing among the workers and reduced photosynthesis activity which shall impact the plant life. Also, inappropriate and non-scientific storage as well as longer holding periods of raw as well as concentrated spentwash in the respective tanks and yeast sludge from fermenters shall lead to formation of aerobic-anaerobic conditions in the tank body thereby resulting in to uncontrolled release of gases comprising prominently of methane, hydrogen sulphide, sulphur dioxide and carbon di-oxide. The hydrogen sulphide imparts foul odour in the premises whereas SO2lead to corrosive atmosphere. C) Process Emissions CO2 shall be generated from fermenters under the distillery project. The generation of CO2 takes place in considerable quantum which when let out in the atmosphere could have undesirable effects in the surrounding ambience. Since CO2 has been labelled as one of the major gases responsible for the green-house effect, its release in the atmosphere has to be curbed as far as possible. D) Odour Pollution Odour can result from number of sources and operations in an integrated complex of sugar factory and distillery. They may include stale cane, bad mill sanitation, molasses handling and storage, effluent storage; treatment& disposal, effluent carrying drains, primary & secondary sludge storage areas etc. Under proposed expansion in JSL, every care shall be
80 ug/Mᶟ
0102030405060708090
Conc
enta
rtio
n (µ
g/Mᶟ)
Locations
Incremental NOx
Baseline Concentration JSL Predictive
134
taken to avoid the odour generation from above sources and actions so that the eventual nuisance from same shall be abated. Especially, the distillery fermentation section, distillation section for spentwash generation, spentwash handling; storage; concentration shall be provided prompt and proper attention. Anaerobic-aerobic pathways of degradation resulting due to excessively longer storage of spentwash, yeast sludge and similar putrescible materials shall give rise to foul smells as a result of generation of gases like hydrogen sulphide, sulphur di-oxide etc. These gases have very irritating effect on human beings and animals that come in their contact resulting in to coughing, sneezing, inflammation of upper respiratory track, irritation of eyes, sensation of nausea and vomiting. The unsanitary conditions responsible for odour trouble could give rise to other nuisance like fly and insect infestation.
4.3.1.3. Mitigation Measures
A) Emissions from Fuel Burning
• Air Pollution Control Equipment in the form of Wet scrubbers installed to existing boiler.ESP will be installed to proposed 90 TPH boiler. Chapter 2 may be referred for more details of the APC equipment.
• It is proposed to install temperature, CO, CO2 and SO2 sensors for monitoring respective parameters of the exhaust gases.
• Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ and work zone air quality to be done by the industry through approved labs to check and control dust levels / concentrations at certain places so that same could be kept always below the stipulated norms.
• Efficiencies of dust control equipment in the industry such as Wet scrubber shall be monitored regularly (at least once a month) under performance evaluation.
• Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with all necessary sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB.
• Air pollution control equipment would be interlocked with the process as per the guidelines of CPCB.
• Online monitoring system will be provided to stack.
B) Fugitive Emissions
• Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to remove and control dust from work zone areas. Provision of appropriate APC equipment to collect and remove dust from work zone including their monitoring routinely.
• Dust, ash etc. collected from the APC equipment, e.g. fly ash from co-gen boilers, will be properly handled and disposed off periodically by supply to farmers for use as manure. Thus, uncontrolled storage of ash on site shall be avoided which could lead to littering and suspension in air due to wind.
• Installation of dedicated and mechanical ash handling system with adequate capacity silos, conveyors, closed conduits, water sprinkling arrangements etc. shall be installed.
• Personal protective equipment such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided to the workers.
• Augmentation of green belt of adequate density and with appropriate types of plants shall be made to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises. Also, well planned and shelter belt and mass plantation shall be provided along bagasse and ash storage yards to curb littering of the materials due to wind. This will avoid suspension of bagasse and ash particles in the air which leads to SPM.
• Proper maintenance of existing concrete roads provided in the premises of JSL shall be done. Moreover, all internal roads, yards and open storage areas will be provided with
135
well compacted and constructed surface layering. At certain locations linings of tar or RCC shall also be provided.
• Covered / encased conveyors to be installed to carry bagasse from milling section to storage yards, from storage yards to boiler section. This would be done to avoid littering and free falling of loose bagasse from the belt which leads to suspension of same in air and subsequent spread in the ambient air due to wind currents.
• A care shall be taken w.r.t. handling and storage of spentwash in raw as well as concentrated forms. In no case prolonged storage of same shall be done in tanks provided on site. This will hold good for the yeast sludge storage also. Both spentwash and yeast sludge comprises of very high organic contents which being highly putrescible lead to development of anaerobic conditions due to non-scientific and prolonged storage. Quick lifting and disposal of these materials will avoid such troubles
C) Process Emissions To marginally minimize the effects of CO2which shall be generated from fermenters, a care shall be taken through implementation of the green belt. Adequate density plantation under same can play an important role as 'the sink' by taking up CO2 thus curbing its release to atmosphere from the premises.However, to exercise total control on CO2, there is a future planning to collect the gas properly, compress it adequately and bottle subsequently. The CO2 cylinders shall then be supplied to manufacturers of beverages or other secondary purposes. This approach shall totally curb the release of CO2 from distillery premises. D) Odour Pollution To abate the odour nuisance, JSL has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions- • It is proposed to tap CO2 gas, • Collection of yeast sludge from fermentation section in closed silo system, its dewatering
(mechanical) and immediate disposal through supply as manure. • Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent leese) by adopting strategic approaches
such as continuous fermentation, vacuum distillation, reuse of spentwash for molasses dilution, utilization of condensate from MEE for dilution and other process operations as well as in cooling tower make up.
• Closed and dedicated close circuit conveyance system for spentwash to treatment units like MEE which shall minimize fugitive emissions during the operations.
• Adoption of GMPs (good management practices). • Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. • Use of PPE like masks by persons working near odour potential prone areas. • India has very few trained and skilled manpower as per the requirement of international
practices for the odour monitoring and control. Therefore, the human resource shall be developed and continuous efforts will be made for upgrading the knowledge base and skill in this area. Requisite trainings could be arranged through representatives from academic and national research institutions, state and central regulatory agencies etc.
4.3.2. Impact on Climate Impact on the climatic conditions, due to the proposed expansion of Sugar factory, Co-gen plant and Distillery are not envisaged especially as emissions of flue gases with very high temperatures, to the atmosphere, are not expected.
136
4.3.3. Impact on Water Resources A) Surface Water (Quality & Quantity) The total water required for various industrial processes and operations in the proposed expansion of integrated project by JSL shall be to the tune of 6158 M3/Day (100% quantity). Out of which 3841 M3/Day shall be met form cane condensate & 1655 M3/Day shall be met form MEE condensate. Remaining 552 M3/Day shall be the actual quantity of fresh water to be taken from Bhima River. It is clear from above facts that there shall not be any major impact on surface water resource as almost 91 % of the water shall come from recycling. Consequently, this shall reduce equivalent fresh water demand thereby saving that much quantity of water to be taken from Bhima River. As far as treated effluent disposal is concerned, waste water from Sugar factory and Co-gen plant to the tune of 788.5 M3/Day shall be treated in existing ETP of JSL which is to be to be upgraded properly and adequately. Moreover, Distillery effluent in the form of spentwash shall be subjected to bio-methanation followed by concentrated in MEE. Conc. spentwash will be dried in Spray Dryer. The condensate from MEE shall be treated in CPU provided for distillery. Treated discharge shall be recycled back in the process. For more details w.r.t. water consumption and effluent generation, Chapter 2 may be referred. If the above mentioned effluents are let out in the environment, without any treatment it may have impacts on surface water quality as well as on soil quality. If the untreated effluent enters any surface water body; there could be number of adverse effects. First of all, suspended particles in it increase turbidity which can reduce amount of light penetrating the water thereby disrupting growth of photosynthetic plants and activities of micro-organisms especially phytoplankton’s and zooplanktons. This could have subsequent adverse effects on rest of the aquatic community that depend on these components of the food chain. The suspended particulates when get settled at bottom of the water body add to undesirable sediments. Further, due to organic matter in the effluent, dissolved oxygen level in receiving water body gets depleted immediately as a result of intense oxidation of the organics by aerobic microbes. Moreover, nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewaters act as nutrients that help aggravating problems of 'Eutrophication' in the water bodies. Uncontrolled growth of aquatic weeds, and eruption of algal blooms seriously affect the quality of water and aesthetics. The channels of streams and waterways may get blocked and algal dominance could reduce dissolved oxygen levels during night times as a result of respiration; an action exactly opposite to photosynthesis that releases oxygen by taking up CO2during day time. Excessive presence of CO2in the waters may lead to fall in pH as a result of formation of weak acids and this again could have prominent impact on pH sensitive reactions in the water body and benthic deposits. Serious fish kill can happen due to depletion of DO levels in addition to effluent induced toxicity in the receiving waters. Some of the toxins in industrial wastewaters may have mild effects on the human health whereas the other ones can be fatal. If heavy metals, pesticides and other toxins as well as chemicals appear in the water in excessive concentrations than the permitted ones and if such waters are consumed by human beings or animals, diseases and disorders like skin irritation, blistering, immunity suppression, reproductive failure or acute poisoning can take place. When untreated effluents are discharged on lands, the soils could get adverse impact through number of actions and effects. Most immediate is the pH disturbance as a result of excessive acidic or alkaline effluent discharges on the land. Severe acidity kills the plants and active useful flora in soils. On the other hand, at higher pH; nitrogen locked in soils gets converted
137
in to ammonia which escapes to the atmosphere thereby creating serious deficiency of this vital nutrient in the soil. Thus, soils become less fertile and non-productive eventually. High TDS lead to soil salinity problems and its conductivity is increased which adversely affects growth of crops and plants with eventual drop in the overall yield. Soil porosity may get hampered. Microbes in soil oxidise organic matter in the wastes. While utilizing carbon from the organics during their metabolism; they (the microorganisms) take up nitrogen from the soil which is an essential thing for cell growth. This action could deplete the nitrogen contents and is referred to as 'nitrogen robbing'. This eventuality reduces nutritive value of soil and its fertility. Also, problems with seed germination could come up if C/N ratio, pH and porosity of soils are affected adversely.
Table 4.13 Quantification of Pollutants Load from Sugar Factory, Co-gen
4.3.3.1. Calculations for Quantification of Impact on Surface Water Body
River Bhima is flowing in 10Km study area from project site. Accidental discharge of untreated trade effluent from JSL finds its way to nalla in industrial vicinity on W direction as per the drainage pattern of premises& this nalla meets river Bhima on SW direction at 4.6 Km.
A) Quantification of Pollutants' Load (Distillery Spentwash)
138
Table 4.15 Accidental Discharge of Raw spentwash into Nalla
No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs Cf= (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs)/(Qi+QS) 1 BOD 80,000
Ci–Conc. of raw spentwash in the stream, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cs- Baseline Conc. of pollutant in the stream (Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf – Conc. of pollutant in the stream (Nalla), downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Qi - Raw spentwash discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- Nalla flow rate, M3/hr
Table 4.16 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla in to Bhima River
Ci–Conc. of contaminated stream (Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cs – Baseline Conc. of pollutant in Bhima River, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf – Conc. of pollutant in Bhima River, downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Qi - Nallah discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- Bhima River flow rate, M3/hr.
B) Quantification of Pollutant’s Load (Untreated Effluent from Distillery CPU)
Table 4.17 Accidental Discharge of Untreated Effluent into Nalla
Ci - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (untreated effluent), mg/l Cs–Baseline Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Nalla), downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Qi- Wastewater discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- Nalla flow rate, M3/hr
Table 4.18 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla into Bhima River
Ci - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cs–Baseline Concentration of pollutant in Bhima River, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf - Concentration of pollutant in Bhima River, downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Qi- Nalla Wastewater discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- Bhima River flow rate, M3/hr
C) Quantification of Pollutants' Load (Untreated Effluent from Sugar & Cogen ETP)
Table 4.19 Accidental Discharge of Untreated Effluent into Nalla
Ci - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (untreated effluent), mg/l Cs–Baseline Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Nalla), downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Qi- Wastewater discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- Nalla flow rate, M3/hr
Table 4.20 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla into Bhima River
Ci - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cs- Baseline Concentration of pollutant in Bhima River, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf - Concentration of pollutant in Bhima River, downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Qi- Nalla Wastewater discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- Bhima River flow rate, M3/hr.
Table 4.21 Inland surface Water (CPCB Standards)
Parameter Inland surface Water Standards (mg/l)
A B BOD 2 3 COD -- -- TDS 2100 500
A - Inland Surface Water Standards for irrigation purpose B - Inland Surface Water Standards for drinking purpose D) Interpretations & Conclusion
Impacts were considered for worst case scenario (direct discharge of untreated wastewater into nearby nalla and river Bhima as the factory site is surrounded by agricultural farms and human settlements. A stream flows near factory site and probably carry leachate, sewage and industrial effluents through agriculture belt and human settlements during operations. If not controlled, the proposed project may further aggravate pollution in the area. Discharge of the untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area can also cause significant environmental impact on the aquatic habitats and further affecting dependent biodiversity.
• When raw spentwash finds a way to nalla, it is observed that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of nalla water shall become 10153.45, 9964.0&12483.04mg/lit resp. which otherwise are 40.89, 115.68& 1259.93 mg/lit.
• When this polluted nalla water (due to ingress of raw spentwash) joins Bhima river, it is predicted that on downstream of point of discharge; the BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become 53.72, 68.94 & 365.41mg/lit resp. which otherwise are 9.47, 25.59 & 312.32 mg/lit.
• When untreated effluent from distillery CPU finds a way to nalla, it is observed that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of nalla water shall become231.69, 9964 & 1199.79mg/lit resp. otherwise are40.89, 115.68 & 1259.93mg/lit.
• When this polluted nalla water joins Bhima river, it is predicted that on downstream of point of discharge; the BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become10.44, 68.94 & 316.19mg/lit.; otherwise are 9.47, 25.59 & 312.32 mg/lit.
• When untreated effluent from existing sugar & co-gen unit finds a way to nalla, it is observed that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of nalla water
140
shall become 121.37, 274.38 & 1282.56 mg/lit resp. which otherwise are40.89, 115.68 & 1259.93 mg/lit.
• When this polluted nalla water joins Bhima river, it is predicted that on downstream of point of discharge; the BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become 9.96, 26.68 & 316.55mg/lit.; which otherwise are 9.47, 25.59 & 312.32 mg/lit.
• The increase in concentrations of above parameters may exert negative impact on the aquatic biota and fresh water ecosystem. First of all, suspended particles increase turbidity which reduces light penetration thereby disrupting growth of photosynthetic plants and disturb the food chain. Nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewaters act as nutrients that help aggravating problems of 'Eutrophication' and algal dominance, organic matter in the effluent could reduce dissolved oxygen levels and cause fish kill due to depletion of DO levels, excessive presence of CO2 through respiration process in eutriphied water may lead to fall in pH which results in formation of weak acids and affects the pH sensitive reactions in the water body and benthic deposits, increase in ground water TDS levels could lead to salinity problems of soils, gastro enteric disorders, problems of urine stone etc. in humans, corrosion, pitting and similar problems with metallic objects due to salt deposition and scaling. Thus, Impact is significant if raw spentwash and untreated effluent is discharged in to nalla.
• Non-point runoff of agro-chemicals used in the predominant sugarcane belt, washing of clothes and vehicles, dumping of solid wastes, and discharge of untreated domestic sewage from villages is polluting the water bodies in the area thus affecting littoral biota and dependent biodiversity.
B) Ground Water (Quality & Quantity)
Water required for existing operations of the industry is taken from the Bhima River. After expansion, same practice shall be continued. Hence, as ground water will not be a source of raw water for industrial activities, there will not be any major impact on ground water reserve (quantity) in the area. However, quality of ground water could get affected adversely if effluent handling, treatment and disposal practices, especially w.r.t. spentwash, are not properly followed. If spentwash conveyance arrangements, storage tanks, MEE section, are not scientifically maintained (as per CPCB guidelines) then runoff, overflows, leakages and seepages from tanks, pipe lines, open yards may lead to ground water contamination. Organics in effluents may impart BOD & COD to the water, increase in ground water TDS levels could lead to salinity problems of soils. The hardness increase due to effluent access to ground water is also an undesirable effect. Introduction of colour to ground water due to contamination of effluents shall not only be important from aesthetics but same may also have health concern.
Contaminated ground water if utilized by residents of the region for drinking purpose it may affect the health. High TDS may lead to gastro enteric disorders, problems of urine stone etc. If utilized for industrial purposes, softening and demineralization may incur huge costs. Moreover, the pipelines and other metallic infrastructure involved in conveyance can undergo corrosion, pitting and similar problems due top salt deposition on exposed surfaces. Further, if polluted ground water is used for irrigation; it may deteriorate the soil fertility.
4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures
A) Surface Water
141
• Construction of KT weirs in the nalla stretch from Industry to river Bhima & putting baffles in KT weir to control discharge subsequent to ingress of raw spentwash & untreated effluent in to the nalla so as to carry out flow obstruction.
• There shall be maximum use of condensate getting available from cane juice evaporation in sugar factory and that from MEE in the distillery. This shall tremendously reduce fresh water demand.
• Harvested rainwater shall be partly used for gardening (green belt) and partly for domestic purposes like toilet flushing, washing etc. thereby reducing the fresh water demand towards said activities.
• Under the expansion project the existing sugar factory ETP would be upgraded. • The concepts of advanced mechanization and automation would be introduced in ETP so
as to optimize power and chemical consumption as well as to minimize chances of reduced efficiencies due to human errors and non-efficient operation and maintenance practices.
• Under expansion project STP shall be provided for domestic effluent treatment which shall replace existing practice of septic tanks followed by soak pits.
• The industry shall not discharge any untreated / treated industrial as well as domestic effluent in to any nearby surface water body.
• The treated effluent from sugar factory ETP shall be used for gardening (green belt) in factory premises on land and on shareholders farmland of 60 acres. As no effluent shall be allowed to enter or reach any surface water body, the existing water quality will not be disturbed.
B) Ground Water
• The recharge of ground water in study area is happening through rainfall, seepage from irrigation tanks and ponds in the study area. Under expansion project, it is proposed to implement rain water harvesting measures in the industry premises. Rain water from roof top and surface harvesting shall be collected into recharging pit to be provided on site. Harvesting of rainwater and its recharge into the ground is a very important aspect which creates positive impact on the ground water table.
• No ground water from any bore well / open well shall be used in manufacturing processes and operations in the industry.
• The total quantity of domestic effluent, after proper treatment, would be used for gardening on own land / irrigation in nearby farms.
• Spentwash storage tanks shall be constructed as per CPCB guidelines where HDPE liners and RCC lining will be implemented. Making of spentwash handling, storage and disposal systems totally seepage proof shall avoid any chances of groundwater contamination.
• Sugar factory and co-generation plant effluents shall be treated in an upgraded ETP. Other distillery effluents viz. the spent lees, MEE condensate, cooling blow down, boiler blow down washing and lab shall be forwarded to CPU.
4.3.4. Impact on Hydro Geology
• No impact on geology of the area is likely, as no major excavations are involved in the project work and there is no any geological feature of local, regional or national importance in the area.
• Leakages and seepages from sugar factory effluent and spentwash storage structures could contaminate both shallow and deeper aquifer of the project site through actions like seepages, leakages and percolation.
142
• Overall GW status in the study area is moderate which was revealed through inspection of various bore and open wells in study area. At many villages and small habitations, it was observed that people are totally dependent on the GW for all their domestic needs including drinking. In study area, no major GW recharge efforts were noted. It is very much essential that certain immediate steps are required to be taken either by the Govt. or by the industry through its CSR provisions towards healthy GW management including intensive rainwater harvesting, runoff management and construction of recharge structures. Thus, percolation of harvested and stored rain water shall recharge the existing open &bore wells of study area which shall definitely have a positive impact on the ground water table thereby increasing its level in the ground due to addition to the aquifers storage.
4.3.4.1. Mitigation Measures
• In JSL project, the spentwash handling, storage and disposal system infrastructure comprising of 10-days spentwash storage tank, spentwash concentration system (MEE) spentwash storage will be planned, designed and constructed as per the CREP norms set for distillery industry by MoEFCC and as per CPCB guidelines. Under the same, spentwash tank; ash storage yards and allied infrastructures should be provided with HDPE liners, RCC liners etc. as per the design details and specific requirements to completely prevent spentwash seepage, percolation and infiltration from the concerned structures into the soil and bedrock as well as to the groundwater storage aquifers.
• Alternative sources and Implementation of rainwater harvesting measures, both for the roof top and ground surface must be done so as to collect and arrest runoffs and store the same in tanks at certain locations as per the topography in the premises. Also, feasibility should be explored to recharge the harvested rain water directly to bore wells located in the industrial and those in the nearby areas.
4.3.5. Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes
• Solid wastes to be generated from the JSL expansion project shall be –boiler ash (ash from bagasse based boiler), ETP sludge & Yeast sludge from distillery through treatment of condensate, leese etc.
• Haphazard and uncontrolled storage of ash on site shall lead to littering and suspension of the particles in air due to strong wind currents causing problems of air pollution and aesthetics.
• The bagasse ash being from biomass could be used as manure while observing certain care towards rate as well as method of application.
• Improper utilization / disposal of ash would harm soil quality and fertility of the agriculture fields.
• If the boiler ash storage and concentrated spentwash tank areas are not scientifically maintained (as per CPCB guidelines) then runoff, overflows, leakages and seepages from same may lead to soil, surface water &ground water contamination.
• Yeast sludge from fermenters on inappropriate handling and storage conditions will lead to formation of aerobic-anaerobic conditions in the tank body thereby resulting in to uncontrolled release of gases comprising prominently of methane, hydrogen sulphide, sulphur dioxide and carbon Di-oxide. The hydrogen sulphide imparts foul odour in the premises whereas SO2 lead to corrosive atmosphere. Moreover, inflammation of eyes, throat and respiratory track irritation are prominent effects observed in case of human being residing nearby the sludge storage / tank premises.
143
• The ETP& CPU sludge shall contain settled biological flocks from secondary treatment units (aeration tanks / reactors). As such they can undergo anaerobic decomposition resulting in to odour problem if not handled, stored and disposed off properly.
• Hazardous waste under Category 5.1, i.e. Used / Spent oil to the tune of 2.27 MT/M will be generated. This oil if gets spilled or littered in environment, can contaminate environment and result in to undesirable aesthetics also. The used oils especially the ones aimed for lubricating, after draining from engines; gearboxes; hydraulic systems; turbines and air compressors shall not be suitable for use as – (1) the oil may be contaminated with wear debris, (2) the lubricating base oil gets deteriorated and degraded to acids, (3) the additives may decompose into other chemical species, (4) the oils may get mixed with process fluids, degreasers and solvents thereby changing nature and properties completely. Used oil contains wear metals such as iron, tin and copper as well as lead and zinc. Many organic molecules arise from the breakdown of additives and base oils. The molecule potentially the most harmful is the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH). The spent oil on spillage tends to accumulate in the environment, causing soil and water pollution. Oil decomposes very slowly. It reduces the oxygen supply to the micro-organisms that break the oil down into non-hazardous compounds. Toxic gases and harmful metallic dust particles are produced by the ordinary combustion of used oil. The high concentration of metal ions, lead, zinc, chromium and copper in used oil can be toxic to ecological systems and to human health if they are emitted from the exhaust stack of uncontrolled burners and furnaces. Some of the additives (zincdialkyl – dithio-phosphates, molybdenum disulphide, other organo-metallic compounds etc.) used in lubricants can contaminate the environment severely. Certain compounds in used oils like PAH can be very dangerous to human and animal health being carcinogenic and mutagenic. Lubricating oil is transformed by the high temperatures and stress of an engine's operation. This results in oxidation, nitration, cracking of polymers and decomposition of organ- metallic compounds. Other contaminants also accumulate in oil during use - fuel, antifreeze/coolant, water, wear metals, metal oxides and combustion products.
4.3.5.1. Mitigation Measures
• Bagasse ash shall be collected and stored separately. The ash quantity shall be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical systems followed by storage in silos. Ash shall be sprinkled / sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all the above processes.
• Bagasse ash shall be given to brick manufacturer or used as manure. • Collection of yeast sludge from fermentation section in closed silo system, its dewatering
(mechanical) and immediate disposal shall be done. Yeast sludge is utilized as manure. • The Used oil from sugar factory shall be mixed properly with bagasse and burnt in Co-
generation boiler. • Waste minimization techniques, as shown in following Table, are being followed at the
Industry. Same practice shall be continued.
Table 4.22 Waste Minimization Techniques
Sr. No
Station Pollutants Management Cost
Nature Type Measures 1 Cane Yard Solid Cane trash
&dung Collect as early as possible
Burnt in Boiler Low
2 Bagasse Storage Solid Bagasse Collect at the end Burnt in Boiler Low
144
Sr. No
Station Pollutants Management Cost
Nature Type Measures Yard of the season
3 Milling Section Liquid Oil & grease Collect in trays which can be easily lifted & stored in drum
Can be sold as low grade lubricants or burnt in boilers after mixing with Bagasse
Low
Liquid Floor Washings
Adopt dry cleaning, give proper slope to floors, improve collection system etc.
------ Low
Liquid Leakages & Spill overs
Use mechanical seals for all pump glands & alarms for overflow
Collect leakages & spillages in a pit and recycle into process
Low
Liquid Cooling Waters
Collect de-super heater & mill bearing cooling water
Recycle Low
4 Cane Carrier Solid Bagasse Use closed transfer system
Cover the drains so that Bagasse do not enter into the drains
Presently, use as a filler material in composting and in proposed expansion it would be sold to outside parties.
Low
13 Molasses Semi-solid By-product Use only steel tanks
Provide mixing &cooling arrangements
High
14 Fermenter Semi-solid Yeast sludge Store on closed yard
Used as Manure Low
15 Distillation Column
Liquid Spent wash (High organic Effluent). Spent lees Effluent, MEE Condensate and other effluents.
Immediate disposal
Appropriate Treatment
Concentration-Incineration Forwarded to CPU to be installed under proposed expansion
High
16 *Fugitive Emission
Gaseous Sugar Dust SO2 Dust collectors Scrubbers
Recycle High
17 Vibrating & Heavy Machinery
Noise Sound Use silencer pads & closed rooms
Provide earplugs &earmuffs to workers and also change the work environment frequently
Low
18 ETP, CPUs Sludge Primary & secondary sludge
H.W. as per notification of 2010
Used as manure. Medium
19 Bagasse Solid Dust & Fire Provide proper ventilation for storage and also stand posts in case of fire
Store it far away from the industry
Low
146
Sr. No
Station Pollutants Management Cost
Nature Type Measures 20 Odor Gaseous ETP, Molasses
tank, stale cane Stale cane, bad mill sanitation, Bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains
Proper House Keeping, Better cane management to avoid staling of sugar.
Sludge management in biological ETP units, Steaming of major pipe lines,
Regular use of Bleaching powder in the drains,
Efficient handling, prompt & proper disposal of Pressmud
Low
*The fugitive emissions are mainly sugar dust emanating from sugar graders. The SO2 emissions are from Sulphur Burner. The chimney height should be above the roof level. If there are leakages, the SO2 gas may cause air pollution and hence, the provision for scrubbing of the SO2 shall be made.
4.3.6. Impact on Soil and Agriculture
Impact on soil characteristics shall be usually attributable to deposition of air pollutants from fuel burning operations in co-gen plant and distillery, wastewater discharges and solid and hazardous waste disposal. Particulate matter and other pollutants emitted into ambient air (especially in very high concentrations due to improper working of APC equipment) may result in deposition of same on soil and nearby agriculture fields. This can result into alteration of properties of soil and its composition. As such crops and plants grown in such soils may become unable to adapt to soil changes and thus the productivity gets reduced. Also, the contaminants from effluents and solid as well as hazardous wastes could have similar effects on soil through uncontrolled and consistent applications or accidental discharges. Due to this, soil fertility slowly diminishes making it saline and non-suitable for agricultural or and any other vegetation to survive. Moreover, the microbes in soil like fungi and bacteria which can have profound effects on its microbiology and biochemistry may also receive adverse impacts due to pollutants and contaminates through effects like toxicity. Certain alterations in soils' nature may result into physical and structural changes like variation in bonding properties of soils, cohesiveness, permeability, porosity, plasticity etc. This can result in to undesirable effects like excessive erosion, seepages, infiltration. Further, death of many useful organisms in the soil (e.g. earthworms) can create troubles w.r.t. soils' fertility and productivity. As already stated in earlier section, if raw effluent is discharged on land, acidic or alkaline pH, high TDS concentrations and organic matter contents could have detrimental effects like loss of nitrogen, increase in conductivity and salinity, reduced porosity etc. 4.3.6.1.Mitigation Measures
• ESP shall be installed as APC equipment for new boiler. Hence, the SPM emission rate shall be well below the prescribed MPCB norms. Also, there will not be any serious process emissions, the impact on soil characteristics will be nil.
• Ash shall be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical system followed by storage in separate silos. Ash shall be sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all the above processes. Finally, it shall be forwarded to brick manufacturers for final disposal.
• The Industrial effluent after proposed expansion project shall be treated in an ETP of sugar factory that shall be duly upgraded. For domestic effluent, STP shall be installed while discarding existing septic tanks and soak pit systems. Condensate from MEE shall be treated in to CPU and recycled in to process.
147
• Completely 'Zero Discharge' of Spentwash from distillery shall be achieved through concentration in MEE followed by powder in Spray Dryer. Hence effect of this wastewater discharges, on soil and agricultural shall be nil.
4.3.7. Impact on Noise Levels
The criteria on which noise impacts are analyzed depend upon the people who are being affected. Broadly, there are two types viz. people who are working near the source and the people who stay near the industry. People working near the source need risk criteria for hearing damage while the people who stay near the industry need annoyance and psychological damage as the criteria for noise level impact analysis. It is quite obvious that the acceptable noise level for the latter case is less than the former case. So, the noise impact analysis can be of two types namely (1) Noise impact analysis on working environment; and (2) Noise impact analysis on community. 1) Noise Impact Analysis on Working Environment
For Noise Levels in the industrial unit, the potential noise generating sources are categorized under three major heads - noise from machinery, noise from sirens / work areas, noise from transportation. The total noise generated by operations of all equipment in the premises of all units in an Industrial Plant (from experience of existing unit) would be between 70 to 85dB(A). Constant exposure to such level can result in damage to ear drums and loss of hearing, blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems among the workers. It may also disturb psychological condition of the workers. The actual resultant noise levels outside the factory will be much lesser in the ambient air after considering attenuation. Therefore, the impact of sugar factory, distillery and co-gen plant w.r.t. noise would be non-significant.
The noise levels in work environment are compared with the standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA), which in turn were enforced by Government of India through model rules framed under Factories’ Act. These standards were established with the emphasis on reducing hearing loss.
Table 4.23 Permissible Exposure in case of Continuous Noise
Sr. No.
Total Time of Exposure (continuous or a number of short term exposures)
per Day, in hours
Sound Pressure dB (A)
Remarks
1. 8.00 90 1. No exposures in excess of dB (A) are permitted.
2. 6.00 92 2. For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and the next higher or lower figure as indicated in column 2, the permissible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on a proportionate scale.
Total Time of Exposure (continuous or a number of short term exposures)
per Day, in hours
Sound Pressure dB (A)
Remarks
9. 0.50 110 10. 0.25 115
2) Noise Impact Analysis on Community
Noise pattern from the source is computed with the help of following formula. Noise Level at distance r2 = (Noise level at distance r1) -20 log (r2/r1)
The noise levels get reduced considerably in the range of 20-30% because of natural obstructions. The permissible noise levels, for different categories of area, as prescribed by MoEFCC are given in Table 4.14.The resultant noise levels at the receptor in different areas/zones are envisaged to be within permissible limits. If noise levels exceed the limit, people who stay near the industry get disturbed due to reasons like annoyance and psychological reasons. The present ambient noise monitored at all villages in the study area is within reasonable limits. The noise generated from an industry gets attenuated considerably because of natural barriers like walls, vegetation, houses etc. or gets deflected along the wind direction. Thus, it can be stated that noise impact due to the proposed expansion activities in JSL could be significant on working environment without control measures, while the noise impact on community would be negligible.
Table 4.24 Standards in Respect of Ambient Noise Levels
Sr. No
Category of Area Limits in dB (A), Leq Day time
(6AM to 10PM) Night time
(10PM to 6AM) 1. Industrial area 75 70 2. Commercial area 65 55 3. Residential area 55 45 4. Silence zone(Hospitals, Educational Institutes & Courts) 50 40
4.3.7.1. Mitigation Measures • Noise monitoring shall be done regularly in noise prone areas and within the industry
where workers will get exposed. • Heavy duty muffler systems shall be employed for high noise generating equipment. • Proper oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out for
machineries and equipment to reduce the noise generation. • Personal protective devices such as ear muffs, ear plugs, masks will be strictly enforced
for the workers engaged in high noise prone zones. • For control of noise at source, steps shall be taken like - enclosing machine, reducing
vibrations in components by replacing metal parts with sound absorbing materials, isolating the work place containing noisy equipments, reducing height of fall bins, reinforcing sheet metal constructions by packets, reduce speed of conveyor belts, covering walls/ ceilings with sound absorbing materials, using sound absorbing screens, building sound proof control areas/ rest rooms etc. In short; insulation, isolation, separation techniques shall be implemented.
149
• Under proposed expansion, the existing green belt shall be adequately and properly augmented which shall play a vital role in noise attenuation thereby reducing noise intensity from the industry to surroundings.
• During each shift of 8 hours duration, maximum permissible limits of 115 dB(A) shall never be exceeded, in the work zone, even for a short duration.
The Industry shall administer a 'Hearing Conservation Program' for workers exposed to high noise sources which shall include monitoring, notification, protection, training and record keeping for all employees in danger of exposure. The protocol shall comprise of following- 1. Monitoring shall include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be
included in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be notified of the results. Employees may observe the monitoring by the Industry. The Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to the employees.
2. Testing shall include baseline audiograms thereafter. The annual audiogram shall be evaluated for a standard threshold shift of 10dB or more at 2000, 3000, or 4000 hertz (Hz) in either ear. Hearing protectors shall be provided by the Industry as part of the hearing conservation program.
3. Training shall comprise of observing a training program in the use and care of hearing protectors for all employees who are exposed to an 8-h TWA ≥ 85 dB(A). The hearing protectors must attenuate 8-h TWA to at least 90 dB(A) and for employees with a standard threshold shift down to at least 85 dB(A). (TWA: time weighted average)
4. Record keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by the Industry for the duration of the affected employment.
4.3.8. Impact on Land Use The vegetation and drainage of any region are related to each other and reflect inter-locking or inter-connectivity between the same. The healthy vegetation shows well developed drainage pattern. Under JSL case, the first major land use is crop land that cover about 44.95% area within the study area. Secondly, area covered by scrub is about 25.25%. Present use of the project land is for Industrial purpose wherein the existing sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery have already been established. The proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery shall be implemented in existing premises of JSLon the same acquired land and hence no change in the land use pattern is expected. Therefore, impact on the land use is non-significant. 4.3.9. Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity Any unfavourable alteration in quality of soil, water or air will lead to change in quality of habitat for plants and animals. This alteration may favour growth of some species and may reduce/eliminate others. The resilience to this change will depend on the extent of unfavourable change. Due to implementation of JSL expansion project, no any major ecological and biodiversity impacts are envisaged. However, some minor impacts could be taken into consideration. Effect on Vegetation: In the case of proposed expansion projects, particulate emissions from boiler without APC / less efficient APC would be of concern. SPM forms coating on surface of leaves and retard photosynthetic activity of plants. Thus, plant growth gets hampered and
150
ultimately yield from the plant / crop gets affected. The plant growth and nutrient quality of plant products could get affected adversely. Also damage to plant tissues causing nicrosis and chlorosis of leaves may be a prominent effect. Due to deposition of PM on the tree leaves may change the colour making it difficult to the insects to get camouflage and hence the prey- predator relationship may get affected. Contamination of habitats: The study area represents natural ecosystems dominated by habitat types such as grassland, fallow land, scrubs, trees and human habitations. Effluent from existing and expansion of sugar, co-gen and distillery will not be released into any nearby water body.ZLD will be achieved for project. Habitat Loss/ Removal: In study area of 10 Km radius of Project Site there is presence of GIB Eco Sensitive Zone buffer zone. While implement expansion, no any load from ESZ or GIB will be used for proposed activities. 4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures • Proper landscaping shall be done • Reducing noise levels by using acoustic enclosures, barriers, silencer for noisy
equipments. • Dense greenbelt shall be developed along periphery of the premises. • Roadside avenue plantation • Proper disposal of fly ash at the industry site should be obligatory; otherwise it would
harm soil quality and fertility of nearby agriculture fields, besides having negative impact on local habitats and biodiversity.
• Spentwash shall not be stored for longer period on site. • Opinion of local people, about their livelihood, local ecology, land-use change needs to be
taken into consideration at various stages of industry development. • The water bodies and natural habitats in the study area can be good nature educational
sites for local schools. Nature conservation and environmental protection activities involving local youth and local schools should be planned on priority under industry’s CER activity.
• All developmental activities in and around the industries should be essentially eco-friendly and sustainable for long term mutual benefits of the local people and the industry.
4.3.10. Impact due to Industrial Operations Involving Risk and Hazard In an integrated Sugar Factory complex, there are number of areas where various operations and actions performed could lead to consequences involving risks & hazards. This section should receive careful consideration in identifying the particular impacts which may be due to number of reasons like – 1. Handling and storage of raw materials, by-products, products etc. 2. Primary and secondary manufacturing operations and running of equipment like boiler, turbine, fans, centrifuge etc. Identification of impacts in above areas and actions as well as mitigation measures towards same have been elaborated separately under Chapter – 7 on ‘Additional Studies’ where the section of ‘Risk Assessment’ under sector of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery has been dedicatedly dealt with.
151
4.3.11. Impact on Historical Places No historical place is within the study area and the impact is nil. 4.4 EVALUATION OF IMPACT Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters due to proposed expansion projects of the sugar factory, co-gen and distillery is an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of same, Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) is implemented. The description of BEES is as follows- 4.4.1 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters due to the proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery is an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of same, Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) is implemented. The description of BEES is as follows-
• Level I : Categories, • Level II : Components, • Level III: Parameters, and • Level IV: Measurements.
Each category (Level I) is divided into several components, each component (Level II) into several parameters, and each parameter (Level III) into one or more measurements. The Environmental Evaluation System (EES) implied here identifies a total of four (4) categories, twenty (20) components and eighty nine (89) parameters BEES assessment for environmental impacts of the activities under proposed expansion activities by JSL is based on commensurate "environmental impact units (EIU)". Two EIU scores are produced, one 'with' and another 'without' the proposed expansion & establishment project. The difference between the two scores is a measure of the environmental impact. The scores are based on the magnitude and importance of specific impacts. In addition to the EIU scores, the EES labels major adverse environmental impacts with a "red flag." These flags point to fragile elements of the environment, for which more detailed studies are warranted. Table 4.12 shows a complete list of categories, components, and parameters of the Battelle EES. Column 1 shows the four (4) categories, Column 2 shows the twenty (20) components and Column 3 shows eighty nine (89) parameters. The EES methodology is based on assigning importance unit to each of the parameters. Collectively, these "importance units" are referred to as "parameter importance units" or PIU's. Parameters have been assigned important weights by an interdisciplinary team of experts based on the ranked-pair wise comparison techniques. A total of 1000 PIU'sare distributed among the 89 parameters based on value judgments. The individual PIU's are shown in Column 4 of Table 4.12, the summation component PIU's are shown in Column 5, and the summation category PIU's are shown in Column 6. Effectively, for each parameter i, its (PIU)i represents a weight wi.
Each PIUi or wi requires a specific quantitative measurement. The methodology converts different measurements into common units by means of a scalar or "value function." A scalar
152
has the specific measurement on x-axis and a common environmental quality scale or "value" on the y-axis. The latter varies in the range 0 ≤ V i ≤ 1. A value of Vi = 0 indicates very poor quality, while Vi = 1 indicates very good quality.
Values of Vi = Vi, 0 are obtained for conditions 'without' the project, and Vi = Vi, 1 for conditions 'with' the project. The condition 'without' the project represents the current condition, while that 'with' the project represents the predicted future condition. The environmental impact EI is evaluated as follows:
EI = ∑ [ Vi,1wi ] - ∑ [ Vi,0wi ]
for i = 1 to n, where n = number of parameters (89).
For EI> 0, the situation 'with' the project is better than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has positive environmental benefits. Conversely, for EI< 0, the situation 'with' the project is worse than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has negative environmental benefits, i.e. certain negative impacts. A large negative value of EI indicates the existence of substantial negative impacts.
The assigned weights or PIU's represent the relative importance of each parameter within the overall system. Once established, they should be kept constant; otherwise, the environmental impact assessment would be difficult to replicate.
The potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (in percent)-
ΔVi (%) = 100 (Vi,0 - Vi,1) / Vi, 0
These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi< 10%; a major red flag when ΔVi> 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi< 30% whereas a major red flag when ΔVi ≥ 30%.
The EES can be applied for the evaluation of project impacts, to select specific alternatives, or during the planning process to minimize potential adverse impacts of proposed projects. In the latter case, a feedback loop is used to continually modify the proposed project through successive iterations. Projects developed with the help of EES are expected not only to minimize environmental impacts, but also help improve selected portions of the environment.
4.5 Environmental Impact Evaluation for JSL
Environmental quality assessment for the proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery projects has been undertaken by evaluating relevant environmental parameters. These parameters represent various components of environment viz.- 1. Biological Environment
2. Environmental Pollution Water Air Soil Noise 3. Aesthetics
153
4. Human Interest. Functional relationship (value functions) has been developed for each of the selected parameter, resulting in parameter measurement with environmental quality. The allocation of PIUs, among the selected environmental parameters, represents a consequence of opinion of members of an interdisciplinary team of experts. Accordingly, the major environmental categories i.e. biological environment, environmental pollution, aesthetics and human interests are allocated 240, 402, 153 and 205 PIUs respectively, out of total of 1,000 units. The exhaustive list of parameters and associated PIUs used for impact assessment of proposed expansion units of JSL is presented. Though the BEES is considered to be the best available environmental evaluation technique, conflicting conclusions, among decision makers, could arise in the interpretation of evaluated results. The primary factors giving rise to such difference in opinion are at uncertainty and subjectivity in the allocation of PIUs to different environmental parameters and uncertainty caused by the aggregation of individual parameter scores to yield the final project score under different project impact scenarios. It is, therefore, necessary to take into account such variability and uncertainty while inferring the impact of a development project on the surrounding environment.
154
Table 4.25 Existing Environmental Status in Study Area
No Category Component Parameter Description 1 Biological
Environment
Terrestrial Environment
Natural Vegetation Natural vegetation in the study area comprises few big growing trees like Neem, Babhul. In the acquired area, some land levelling to be done by the proponents. There are no trees to be cut for the proposed expansion activities. Existing green belt developed in premises contributes to 32% of the total plot area (i.e. 7.32 Ha) as per the guidelines of MoEFCC. Apart from this green belt development, open areas around the offices & buildings would be covered with shrubs & plants for landscaping. Outskirts of the area would be planted with fast growing trees as indicated in the Environmental Management Plan. Solid waste dump area would be fenced & covered with shrubby vegetation. In totality, green belt development on the acquired area would imply positive benefits in terms of the extensive green belt development & proper planning of same as indicated in a separate chapter on the green belt development plan.
Crops In the study area, under 10 Km radius; major crops grown in the area included sugarcane, Sorghum, Wheat and millets. In study area water is available in plenty and the weather is also suitable for production of sugarcane, because of that sugarcane is major crop in study area. The project would not have any significant negative impact on crops. In fact, the spentwash powder which will be used as manure which is rich in P & K. It increases yield of crop.
Species Diversity No negative impacts are envisaged due to the proposed project activities on local species diversity. In fact, plantation of variety of species, as induced in the Environmental Management Plan, would improve ecosystem of the area. This will improve the local ecosystem marginally.
Food Web Index No adverse effect on food & web cycle is expected. However, due to green belt plan in the acquired area, improvement in the food web index is expected.
Rare & Endangered Species
No positive or negative impact is expected on these species.
i) Plant Species
These are normal species found in the Maharashtra Zone. Negative impact on these species is not expected. Green belt development plan, as per the EMP, would increase the number of various plant species in the acquired area.
ii) Animal Species
Animal species found in the area are Black buck, Indian hare, Wild boar, Three striped palm squirrel, Common langur, Indian Porcupine, Indian flying fox, Common mongoose, Indian Fox, Indian wolf, Great Indian Bustard etc. These are commonly reported species found in the Maharashtra Zone.
Pest Species No major pest or parasitic species are found in the area. No negative or positive impact on same is expected. Aquatic Environment
Natural Vegetation The existing quality of natural vegetation is good. No harmful aquatic weeds like hyacinth are observed in the surface water.
Species Diversity As the existing and proposed expansion effluent would not be discharged directly to any water body, the diversity of any aquatic plant or animal species will not get affected.
Food Web Index As the aquatic life is not going to be affected there will not be any impact on the food and web index. 2 Environmental
Pollution Water Major parameters, which represent the water environment, are BOD, TDS, COD and pH. In case of sugar factory,
distillery and co-gen plant effluent, the factors like odour and colour are also of importance. Industrial effluent
155
No Category Component Parameter Description generated by the proposed expansion activities would comprise of various streams namely the process effluents and
effluents arising out of other activities namely cooling and boiler blow downs, washing, laboratory etc. The industrial effluent generated from existing & proposed expansion of sugar factory and co-gen would be to the tune of 549.5 M3/Day which shall be forwarded to duly upgraded sugar factory ETP. Moreover, total domestic effluent – 70 M3/Day generation same would be treated in to propose STP. Treated effluent will be used for the gardening purpose. Raw spentwash from Distillery to the tune of 1600 M3/D will be bio-methanated followed by conc. in MEE followed by drying to powder. Spent leese to the tune of 300 M3/D will be sent to Sugar STP. Each and every care will be taken so that the treated effluent from ETP will not find its way directly to any surface waters. For more detail w.r.t. effluents, treatment facility details, process and flow-chart; refer Chapter 2.
Soil
Land Use Pattern No changes in land use pattern of the acquired area are expected. Also, the study area would not have any positive or negative impacts, on the land use pattern because of the proposed expansion project.
Soil Chemistry As NPK values of soils are inadequate at most of the places in study area, good crops cannot be grown without use of chemical fertilizers. In the study area, the soil chemistry will not change because there are no any emissions from the proposed expansion project which shall have adverse impact on the soil quality. In totality, negative impact on soil chemistry of the premises as well as that of the study area is not expected.
Soil Erosion Development of the green belt plan as per the EMP would prevent soil erosion from the project premises. Also, grassland on the open lands shall help arresting the erosion of soil. Thus, there will not be any soil erosion from the acquired area.
Air Under expansion activity, a new boiler of 90 TPH will be installed. Fuel for this proposed boiler shall be bagasse. SPM & SO2 emissions would be of concern. The new boiler would be provided with ESP as APC equipments to control the emissions.
The PM10, PM2.5,SO2&NOx monitored at the site show values of 63.27µg/M3, 23.60µg/M3, 27.81µg/M3 and 31.62µg/M3respectively. These are well within the limits specified by MPCB/CPCB. The degradation of the air environment would be prevented by incorporating actions suggested in the EMP including implementation of augmentation of the green belt development plan as envisaged.
Noise Prominent sources of noise generation would be cane carrier, mills, pumps, compressors, Distillation column and boiler house as well as stand by D.G. Set. However, this would not be the continuous source. Only in case of electricity failure, D.G. Set would be operated. Moreover, D.G. Set is enclosed in a separate canopy to reduce the noise levels. Prevention of noise pollution would be possible through the plan suggested in EMP.
Vibration No major source of vibration is present. 3 Aesthetics
Topographical Character
Landscape Topography and landscape of the area are overall flat. Small changes would occur in the form of general levelling and digging for construction purposes. The debris arising from the construction would be utilized for filing of low-lying area. Thus, even if some changes may occur in the topography of the area they would bring out positive impact in the form of levelling and landscaping.
Green Cover Natural vegetation and its diversity will increase due to green belt development. Visual Quality of Air
There will not be any effect on the visual quality of the air.
156
No Category Component Parameter Description Visual Quality of Water
There will not be any effect on visual quality of the water body present in the study area. Effluent from expansion project would be taken to ETP provided in sugar factory premises for its proper treatment. Treated effluent would be used for gardening in own factory premises as well as for irrigation on farm lands of share holders.
Sound There might be small increase in noise levels around the factory premises. This can be taken care by implementation of good green belt development plan as suggested in EMP.
4 Human Interest
Community Health The project would not have any impact on the sanitation facility. Total domestic wastewater would be generated to the tune of 70 M3/Day and would be treated in a proposed STP to be provided. The treated effluent will be used for gardening. Hence, the sanitation in the study area as well as acquired area would not have any positive or negative impact.
Employment Requirement of skilled labours and officers to the tune of 272 nos. for the proposed expansion of JSL. Manpower could met from the local area as well as from outside. However, the 234 unskilled labours required shall be totally taken from labour force available in the study area. Preference would be given, for the job opportunities, to those labours that are residing nearby. Thus there would be marginal increase in the employment at local level. Also, secondary employment in the form of contract jobs shall be created due to proposed project activities.
Economy As the project requires skilled and unskilled labours, various suppliers of raw materials, contractors for certain jobs and assignments etc., economy in the study area is bound to increase. Totally, economic growth would undergo positive impact.
Transportation & Communication
Due to daily production of sugar and dispatch as well as transportation of sugar cane & other raw materials, transportation in the study area is bound to be increased. As the project would require transportation of raw materials and products, mostly the local transporters would be benefited because of this project. More load on communication network is not expected. Connection for the daily need can be easily taken from the existing setup & lines.
Education Primary school facility is available in study area. The educational facilities up to higher secondary school are present in nearby town.
Water Supply The proposed integrated project shall receive water from the Bhima River as per the case under existing sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery.
Occupational Health
The regular health check-up facility & programs would be carried in the proposed project for workers. The company would imply measures suggested in the EMP. No major occupational health problem is anticipated by the proposed project.
Following measures shall be taken up by the Industry-
• As per the requirement of Factory Act, provision of Occupational Health Center shall be done on site. • An ambulance shall be made available all the time i.e. 24X7. • Regular medical check-up of employees shall be carried out and records shall be maintained. • Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Medi-claim Health Policy shall be done for all the workers (temporary
and permanent) in the Industry and shall be renewed every year. • Workers shall be provided with Personnel Protective Equipment such as ear plug, helmet, safety shoes, gloves,
goggles etc.
157
Table 4.26 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to JSL; Mohol, Solapur
Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0
Without
Project
V i,1
With
Project
ΔV i W iΔV i Parameter
PI\Wi Component
PIUs Category
PIUs 1 2 3 4 5=Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4
Biological Environment
(Ecology)
Species & Populations (Terrestrial
Flora, Terrestrial
Fauna, Aquatic Biota)
1. Terrestrial browsers and grazers
14 240 0.5 0.5 0 0
2. Terrestrial crops (Farm land)
14 0.7 0.8 0.1 1.4
3. Terrestrial natural vegetation. (Grass,Flowers, Trees &Shrubs.)
14 0.6 0.7 0.1 1.4
4. Terrestrial pest species
14 0.6 0.6 0 0
5. Terrestrial upland birds
14 1.0 1.0 0 0
6. Aquatic commercial fisheries.
14 0.7 0.7 0 0
7. Aquatic natural vegetation
14 0.5 0.5 0 0
8. Aquatic pest species
14 0.6 0.6 0 0
9. Fish 14 0.6 0.6 0 0 10. Water fowl 14 140 0.7 0.7 0 0
Habitats & Communities
11. Terrestrial food web index
08 0.8 0.8 0 0
12. Land use 15 0.6 0.6 0 0 13. Terrestrial rare
and endangered species.
08 0.3 0.3 0 0
14. Terrestrial species diversity
08 0.8 0.8 0 0
15. Aquatic food web index
10 0.7 0.7 0 0
16. Aquatic rare and endangered species
08 0.5 0.5 0 0
17. River characteristics
15 0.5 0.5 0 0
18. Aquatic species diversity
12 0.6 0.6 0 0
19. Habitat Removal,
Contamination of Habitat (Aquatic Biota)
08 0.7 0.7 0 0
20. Terrestrial Fauna -Fragmentation of Terrestrial Habitat,
08 100 0.6 0.6 0 0
Environmental Pollution
Water 21. Basin hydrologic loss(alteration of
25 402 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.5
158
Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0
Without
Project
V i,1
With
Project
ΔV i W iΔV i Parameter
PI\Wi Component
PIUs Category
PIUs 1 2 3 4 5=Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4
hydraulic regime, alteration of surface runoff, alteration of aquifers)
70. Conflicts with projects of urban commercial or industrial development
10 0.9 0.9 0 0
71. Events Recreation
10 1.0 1.0 0 0
72. Persons 12 1.0 1.0 0 0 73. Religions and
Cultures 10 1.0 1.0 0 0
74. Western 8 55 1.0 1.0 0 0
160
Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0
Without
Project
V i,1
With
Project
ΔV i W iΔV i Parameter
PI\Wi Component
PIUs Category
PIUs 1 2 3 4 5=Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4
frontier Cultures 75. Indians 13 1.0 1.0 0 0
76. Other ethnic groups
5 1.0 1.0 0 0
77. Religious groups
5 23 1.0 1.0 0 0
Mood/ Atmosphere
78. Awe-Inspiration
8 1.0 1.0 0 0
79. Isolation / solitude
8 1.0 1.0 0 0
80. Mystery 4 1.0 1.0 0 0 81. Oneness with
nature 8 28 1.0 1.0 0 0
Security and Safety
82. Increase in crime and accidents caused
5 0.5 0.5 0 0
Health 83. Temporary acute and chronic
5 0.7 0.7 0 0
Life Patterns (Economy)
84. Employment opportunities
(Creation of new economic activities.
Generation of Temporary & Permanent Jobs)
13 0.7 0.9 0.2 2.6
85. Income for state & private sector.
8 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.8
86. Saving for consumers and private consumers
Savings in foreign currency for the state.
5 0.6 0.6 0 0
87. Housing. (Commercial value of properties,
Electricity tariff)
5 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.5
88. Social interactions
(Conflict due to negotiations & / or compensation payments,
Political conflicts, Demonstration and Social Conflicts.)
5 46 0.6 0.6 0 0
The Battelle EES Environmental Impact Analysis Cumulative Index Ei +4.3
161
Table 4.27 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in Battelle EES for JSL
Parameters PIUsWi V i,0
Without Project V i,1
With Project ΔVi ΔVi, r #
Red Flag
1 2 3 4 5 =4-3 6=5/3X100 7 21. Basin Hydrologic Loss 25 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor 22. BOD 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor 23. DO 31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 12.5 Minor 35. CO2 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 12.5 Minor 38. Particulate matter 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor 40.SO2 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor 50.Odor& Visual 3 0.7 0.6 -0.1 14.2 Minor # - In the Battelle EES, the potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (negative values, in %) – ΔV i, r = 100 [V i,1 - V i,0 ] / V i,0.
These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi,r ≤ 10%, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi,r ≤ 30% or ΔVi ≤ 0.1, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 30% or ΔVi> 0.1.
Table 4.28 The Mitigation Measures
No. Parameters Mitigation Measures 1 River
characteristics --
2 Basin hydrologic loss
This parameter comes under ‘Environmental Pollution’ category of the BEES. For the present and proposed manufacturing activities in JSL water is taken from Bhima river. The existing and proposed activities considered together shall require water quantity to the tune of 6182 M3/Day. Out of this total requirement of sugar & Co-gen, 97%watershall be utilized from Condensate Water Quantity while in distillery about 75% of water shall be treated water from CPU and remaining 11% shall be taken from Bhima river as raw water. This raw water taken from river shall impose a pressure and impact on storage capacity of the existing aquifer in the region. Due to extraction of water, the water table may go down during non-monsoon months of the year. To mitigate the impact on river, the industry has planned to implement certain measures which would augment the aquifer capacity in the region. The same include conservation of fresh water through application of reuse and recycle concepts and implementation of intensive rain water harvesting scheme in the industrial premises so as to arrest the runoff and recharge it to the ground water/ harvesting pit. Also, to maximum extent water shall be recycled.
3 BOD & DO Through the manufacturing operations in sugar, co-gen plant and distillery various streams of effluent shall be generated. From proposed distillery, spentwash generated as the main process waste shall pose a substantial threat if let out in the environment without any treatment. Raw spentwash exhibits characteristics such as BOD 30,000-40,000, COD 60,000-70,000, TDS 38,000-40,000, SS 4,000-5,000. Same shall cause deleterious effects such as depletion of DO in receiving water bodies due to instantaneous and intensive
162
No. Parameters Mitigation Measures oxidation of the organic matter by microbes which consume oxygen in water during their metabolism. To avoid this, the spentwash from JSL's distillery shall be concentrated in MEE and this concentrated spentwash will dried in Spray Dryer to form powder. This achieves ‘Zero discharge’ of effluent. Other effluent from distillery viz. spent lees, MEE condensate, cooling blow down and effluent from lab and washing etc. shall exhibit characteristics such as BOD of 1,500-1,800 mg/l, COD of about 2,800-3,000 mg/l, SS of about 200 mg/l, TDS of 1,500-1,800 mg/l. The BOD is mainly imparted due to organic matter in the effluent stream. This wastewater shall be treated in proposed CPU unit and recycled back in process. Further, effluent generated from sugar and co-gen unit shall exhibit characteristics as BOD of 1,500-2,000 mg/l, COD of about 3,000-4,000 mg/l, SS of about 250-300 mg/l, TDS of 1,800-2,200 mg/l. These effluents shall be given in primary, secondary and tertiary treatments in upgraded ETP so as to bring the different characteristics of effluent within norms stipulated by MPCB / MoEFCC. The treated water shall be used for gardening in own premises as well as for irrigation.
4 CO2 The CO2 generation shall take place in fermenters of the proposed as well as expansion of distillery. In a fermenter, sugar in the wash gets converted to ethyl alcohol through metabolic activities of yeast. Consequently, CO2 in evolved as emission of the biochemical reaction. The generation of CO2 takes place in considerable quantum which when let out in the atmosphere could have undesirable effects in the surrounding ambience. Since CO2 has been labelled as one of the major gases responsible for the green-house effect, its release in the atmosphere has to be properly controlled. Under the proposed project, this CO2 from fermenters shall be let out for a certain period initially. To minimize the CO2effects marginally, a care shall be taken through implementation of the green belt which can play an important role in curbing its release to atmosphere, from the premises.
5 Particulate Matter This parameter comes under ‘Environment Pollution’ category of the BEES. Through various activities under proposed project, particulate matter generation shall occur. Main source of particulates is fuel burning operation of the Boiler. Stack emissions releasing ash primarily and majorly contribute to the SPM in the atmosphere in the absence of adequate pollution control measures. For proposed 90 TPH distillery boiler, ESP as APC equipment shall be provided. This shall effectively and adequately control the SPM emissions from stacks which shall ultimately go in to ambient air. Apart from the proposed industrial activity in the JSL campus; certain other factors are also responsible for SPM generation such as commercial and domestic operations, traffic and communication especially on poorly surfaced roads in the premises. It is observed through monitoring of AAQ in the study region that PM10 levels vary from a minimum of 56.21 µg/m3 to maximum of 63.32 µg/m3. Although the latter is within the stipulated limit of 100 µg/m3 every
163
No. Parameters Mitigation Measures step shall be taken to minimize and curb SPM generation at individual sources in the premises. Control measures like good manufacturing practices (GMP’s), development of adequate and effective green belt, surfacing of roads, effective actions at bagasse and ash storage yards for suppressing dust etc. shall be adopted.
6 SO2 Spentwash bio-methanation results into biogas, which is used as fuel in existing70 TPH boiler. Subsequent to burning of biogas, the sulphur in same get converts into SO2 which is released as product of combustion. This emission in flue gasses is released at appropriate level through adequate stack height provided to boiler.
7 Odour and Visual This parameter comes under ‘Aesthetics’ category of BEES. The odour potential, although not much, do exists at certain places especially at the washing drains, ETP sludge separation and molasses storage areas etc. The same if not lifted immediately within 5 to 6 hours of generation, fermentation reactions would set in giving rise to foul smell. Further, development of anaerobic conditions in the equalization tank of ETP due to inadequate mixing and agitation as well as decomposition of sludge could give rise to smell nuisance. The visual appearance is again a major concern related to aesthetics which could be tackled only through BMP’s and good house-keeping. Under the JSL’s sugar, distillery and co-gen plant, effective EMP will be adopted so as to maintain the overall aesthetics in good manner. Also, to maintain an overall good and pleasant aesthetics in the premises, all the requisite care including maintaining good housekeeping shall be practiced.
4.6 Impacts due to Decommissioning Activity 4.6.1 Decommissioning Phase
"Decommissioning" is a procedure to make an equipment or manufacturing setup unfit for its reuse for its designed function. This could be done by cutting project components into small pieces, demolition of buildings, disconnecting circuits and removing of all infrastructures set up thereby making it unusable.
Table 4.29 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of JSL
No Env. Aspect Activities /Operation Impact Identification Measures 1. Land Use Dismantling and
decommissioning of industrial set up.
• The land will be barren and vacant after decommissioning
• Existing project being agro-based, post decommissioning use would be residential or agriculture.
--
2. Air • Cutting, demolition and dismantling operations.
• Transportation.
• Release of fumes of acid/ alkali during washing
• Fugitive dust during demolition of building & transportation.
Water sprinkling to suppress dust during demolition work.
3. Water Washing of manufacturing equipment, mills, pans, centrifuges, pipelines,
Washing discharges getting access into nearby nallah under uncontrolled operational conditions.
Washing discharges to ETP; treatment & disposal through same outside industrial
164
No Env. Aspect Activities /Operation Impact Identification Measures etc. during detoxification
premises after achieving specified standards. Demolition of ETP shall be last activity.
4. Solid Waste & Hazardous Waste
• Cutting wastes, scrap, demolition wastes etc.
• Oils and lubricants removed from equipment
• Littering of wastes • Bad aesthetics
Solid wastes generated would be sold to authorized re-processor. Demolition waste to land fill.
5. Noise • Cutting and drilling activities during decommissioning
• Dismantling of heavy machinery & equipment, turbines, boilers etc.
• Increase in noise levels during decommissioning.
PPEs to manpower involved in decommissioning and safety measures to will be followed.
6. Risk & Hazard
Dismantling & decommissioning of equipment’s &buildings.
• Accidents, spillage of molasses and storage tanks detoxification, storage tanks dismantling.
Use of PPEs, expert and experienced supervision, due follow up of safety norms & procedures.
165
CHAPTER 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)
5.1. Introduction
While preparation of EIA report it is necessary that one should consider project alternatives and their relative potential impact on the environment. Selection of alternative is thus more critical in an industrial development where time, money, environment and natural resources are at stake. Hence, selection of alternative must be both practical and rational, taking into consideration the constraint of the proposed project.
5.2. Alternative Technologies
5.2.1 Sugar Factory
The technological process of sugar manufacturing, involving the techniques of cane crushing and juice crystallization, has undergone radical change with developments in the field of science and technology. The techniques of cane crushing and juice crystallization used till date is of Indian origin and traditional in character. The same traditional technique is being practiced by JSL, for manufacturing of sugar.
5.2.1.1 Improvement in Sugar Quality
Sugar quality was improved to suite international market by taking following extensive efforts by optimizing liming and Sulphitation process
• Decreasing turbidity of clear juice. • Improving clear juice colour from 13,000 to 7,000 IU. • Making required modifications in equipments like juice sulphiter, clarifier & centrifugal
machines. • Developing new boiling methods. • Avoiding colour formation during processing. • Improvement at centrifugal section. • Improving storage conditions to avoid colour formation.
5.2.2 Co-Gen Plant
Sugarcane is crushed in the milling tandem, after crushing bagasse is produced. The only way to use the bagasse effectively is to consume it by using as fuel in the boiler to generate steam. The generated steam is used for moving the power turbine to generate power. Bagasse based power generation projects, in the premises of sugar factory, fulfil captive need of the industry and make available surplus power to be exported in the grid.
5.2.3 Distillery
5.2.3.1 Fermentation Technology
Fermentation is bio chemical process in which organic compounds converted in to simple organic molecule with the help of micro organisms like yeast by specific type of organisms. For the fermentation process, most essential yeast bio mass is required, this required bio mass is firstly inoculated in laboratory under aseptic condition, this inoculated culture transferred in to different capacities of culture vessels for the increasing the yeast bio mass as per required fermentation process.
166
This system consists of 3 no’s of fermenters having same capacity. The prepared culture bio mass is transferred to fermenter no 1 & molasses feeding as per depending upon the sugar concentration in which is present in molasses continuously through broth mixers due to molasses is a think syrup water & spent work is directly added in fermenter. This fermenter work is under in aerobic condition in fermenter no 1 for maintaining the bio mass to given air through sparager for healthy growth for yeast cells. we are adding the Urea & DAP as a nutrient. Fermentation process is exothermic process at the time of reaction temperature of the wash increases. This temperature is maintaining in between 30 to 320c through plate heat exchanger using cooling water. After sufficient level of 1st fermenter & its overflow taken in 2nd, 3rd, & 4th fermenter visually. In fermentation process sugars converted alcohol & co2, that co2 are scrubbed through co2 blower in 2nd ,3rd ,& 4th fermenter works under anaerobic condition. This scrubbed co2 is return feed to 2nd fermenter ,3rd& 4th fermenter through sparger to controlled the multiplication of yeast & to produce maximum alcohol .we are giving molasses & water feeding to 2nd ,3rdter as process calculation. Fermenter no 2, 3 & 4 given plate heat exchanger to maintained temperature of fermentated wash all four Fermenters given safety system at the time of fermentation process to produce inert pressure in fermenter ,increased the inert pressure to release that safety system After completion of fermentation process fermented wash transferred to YST tank to settled the sludge & super dent wash transfer to CVT tank . This fermentated wash is transfer to distillation for further separation of alcohol from wash.
5.2.3.2 Distillation Process
Distillation is physical process in which to separate the mixture of compounds by the virtue of their different boiling points. The distillation plant consist of four column system having analyzer, Pre-rectifier, Rectifier cum exhaust, Simmering &Fusel oil concentration column –
• The analyzer column - Spent wash is coming out of the analyzer bottom it is used to pre-heating of fermented wash then drained to the gutter
• Pre-Rectifier Column - the pre-rectifier column are feed to the condenser -1 they are partially condensed & balance alcohol vapors pass through the condenser -2 & then collected to the pre-rectifier reflux tank is feed to the Rectifier cum exhaust column.
• Rectifier cum exhaust - Rectified spirit draw collected from upper tray of the column & sent to R.S. cooler. Spent less coming out of the exhaust column bottom it is used to pre heated of rectifier feed then drained to gutter.
• Simmering Column –Simmering column is operated under high reflux for better separation of methanol and dactyls. Final ENA product draw is taken from the bottom of this column.
• Fusel Oil Conc. Column - The column is operating under atmospheric pressure. The concentrated fusel oil recovers from column through decanter & collected to tank.
Hence JSL has selected continuous fermentation technology with closed multi pressure vacuum distillation process for production of alcohol. 5.2.3.3 Analysis of Alternative Technology for Abating the Pollution Following table shows the technology used /to be used for abating pollution
167
Table 5.1 Technology Used /to be Used for Abating Pollution
No. Particulars Existing Technology Proposed Technology 1 Waste Water
from Distillery
Raw spent wash shall be bio-methanated followed by Conc. in MEE followed by Bio-composting on press mud.
Spentwash generated shall be primarily Bio-methanated and then Concentrated in MEE. Concentrated Spentwash will be dried in Spray dryer. Condensate from MEE shall be forwarded in Distillery CPU & recycle in process.
Other effluents v.i.z spent lees; boiler and cooling b/d, lab & washing are treated in sugar ETP and used for irrigation / gardening.
Other effluents from distillery viz. cooling blow down, effluent from lab & washing and spent lees shall also be forwarded to Distillery CPU for further treatment.
2 Waste Water from Sugar factory
The effluent generated from sugar factory is treated in Effluent treatment plant.
The Effluent generation form the industry is reduced by following measures thereby reducing the ETP load and giving the desired efficiency. 1. Timely maintenance of all leaking
Machinery. 2. Provision of centralised lubrication
system in mill section leading to substitution of water used for cooling.
3. Water generating from mill section, Pan Section and boiler section is collected in tank and reused in mill section.
3 Solid Wastes Solid waste in the form of yeast sludge is generated. The same is utilized in spentwash bio-composting operation along with pressmud and disposed off.
Solid waste viz. ETP sludge, Yeast sludge & CPU sludge etc. will be utilized as manure. Ash from Bagasse shall be sold as manure and spentwash & coal ash shall be given to brick manufacturer.
5.3. Analysis of Alternative Sites The proposed expansion of sugar factory from 4900 TCD to 7500 TCD, Co-gen Plant from 11 MW to 30 MW and Sugarcane / molasses based distillery from 30 KLPD to 200 KLPD will be done within the existing premises of JSL. Industry has sufficient land for the same and hence no any alternative sites were considered.
168
CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 Introduction With the knowledge of baseline conditions, and impacts predicted in Chapter - 4 the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project. This will enable in taking up suitable steps, in time, to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important tool for control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. In JSL complex, monitoring of various environmental parameters is being carried out on a regular basis for existing unit. After expansion same would be continued to ascertain the following: • State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity; • Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant; • Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; • To assess environmental impacts The environmental monitoring during the proposed expansion project is important to assess the performance of pollution control equipments to be installed in the project complex. The sampling and analysis of environmental attributes including monitoring locations will be as per the guidelines of the Central Board / State Pollution Control Board. Accordingly, environmental monitoring will be conducted on regular basis by JSL to assess the pollution level in the plant as well in the surrounding area with the following objectives:
• To identify the trends with time in the levels of parameters. • To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study,
do not become critical through the commissioning of proposed expansion project. Details of monitoring program during construction, post construction and operational phase that have been suggested in order to achieve economic development due to expansion of sugar factory without harming the nature are as follows- 6.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase As discussed in Chapter- 4 the impact during construction phase shall not be permanent and certain minor impacts are predicted on air, water, soil and human health due to dust emission and noise during transportation and construction activity. Hence, need of conducting the monitoring during construction phase was ruled out. However, necessary mitigation for the impacts during this phase is suggested under Chapter – 4. 6.3 Environmental Monitoring Program during the Post Construction/Operational
Phase
During operational stage, air emissions from power boilers, wastewater disposal, non-hazardous waste such as ash, chemicals used in the sugar processing, used oily wastes are expected. The following attributes which require regular monitoring based on the environmental setting and nature of project activities are listed below:
169
• Source emissions and ambient air quality; • Groundwater levels and ground water quality; • Water and wastewater quality (water quality, effluent & sewage quality etc); • Solid and hazardous waste characterization (fly ash, bottom ash, oily wastes, ETP & CPU
sludge, used and waste oil); • Soil quality; • Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient
noise levels) • Ecological preservation and afforestation.
6.3.1 Air Pollution Management
Apart from the above ambient and source monitoring during operation stage following recommendations are also suggested -
• Air pollution control equipment to be interlocked with the process, So that; • If the emissions exceed the standards, the corresponding units of the plant which are
contributing the excessive pollutant load are stopped till the qualities of pollutant discharged from those units are brought down to the required level.
• Under no circumstances, the emissions shall exceed the limits mentioned in the EC/consent letter.
• In case of power failure, alternate electric source shall be provided which shall be sufficient to operate the APC equipment.
6.3.2 Water Management
The total water requirement for project complex would be 6158 M3/ Day. For details on water requirement refer Section 2.7.1.1 of Chapter – 2.
The effluent generated from proposed activities shall be given proper treatment as per CREP guidelines. Refer Section 2.7.1.3 of Chapter - 2 for effluent generation and disposal.
The industry shall observe that the effluent collection, disposal and treatment facilities always remain in a good shape so as to achieve desired efficiencies.
Spent wash storage lagoon shall be lined to avoid percolation of leachate. No untreated Industrial effluent will be disposed off on land or in any surface water body. The pipeline and storage tanks meant for effluent conveyance shall be checked
periodically for leakages. Leakage, if any, will harm the surrounding soil and water environment significantly. HDPE & stainless steel could be used as pipeline and valves material respectively.
Compliance towards CREP norms shall be strictly followed under sugar, co-gen as well as distillery project.
Flow meter shall be installed at ETP inlet and outlet to record the daily flow of the effluent.
Pumps in the ETP shall be supplied with alternate electric supply source in case of power failure.
6.3.3 Noise Level Management
Mitigation measures for noise levels are mentioned in Chapter 2. Moreover, people working in close vicinity of the high noise generating equipments would be provided with Personal PPE such as ear plugs, ear muffs etc.
170
The industry would take care while procuring major noise generating machines / equipments to ensure that the manufacturers have taken adequate measures to minimize generation of noise.
The distance between source and receiver would be increased and the relative orientation of the source and receiver would be altered.
Thick bushy trees would be planted in and around the industrial area to intercept noise transmission to the nearby villages.
Workers would be provided with Personal Protective Equipments like earmuffs & earplugs, noise helmets etc.
Allocation of work would be managed so that no worker would be exposed to noise more than 90 dB (A) for more than 8 hours.
Creating awareness about noise pollution among the workers. The overall noise levels in and around the plant area would be kept well within the
standards by providing noise control measures including acoustic hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. on all sources of noise generation.
Monitoring shall include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be included in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be notified of the results. Employees may observe the monitoring by the Industry. The Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to the employees.
Record Keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by the Industry for the duration of the affected employment.
Table 6.1 Trees with Good Canopy for Noise Attenuation
Sr. No.
Scientific Name Common Name
Habit Ht (M)
Evergreen Crown Shape
1. Azadirachta indica Neem Tree 20 Evergreen Spreading 2. Alstonia scholaris Devil Tree Tree 15 Evergreen Round 3. Derris indica Karanj Tree 10 Evergreen Round 4. Anthocephalus indicus Kadamb Tree 15 Evergreen Round 5. Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Tree 15 Evergreen Conical/ Rounded 6. Butea monosperma Palas Tree 10 Deciduous Oblong / Ovoid 7. Ficus religiosa Pipal Tree 10-15 Evergreen Round 6.3.4 Land Management There are no chances of change in the soil characteristics due air pollutants and suspended particulates from the proposed expansion activity. There would be no any discharge of untreated domestic or industrial effluent from sugar, co-gen and distillery. Presently, Solid and hazardous waste is being stored in dedicated area provided on site. Same practice shall be practiced after expansion project. 6.3.5 Dust Management Trouble with dust in work zone and ambient atmospheres shall be controlled by certain dedicated measures. An action plan has been prepared in industry that includes following-
171
• Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to remove and control dust from work zone areas.
• Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with necessary sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB.
• Dust collected from the APC equipment e.g. fly ash from boilers will be properly handled and disposed off by supply to farmers for use as manure.
• APC equipment would be interlocked with process as per the guidelines of CPCB. • PPE such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided to workers. • Implementation of green belt of adequate density and type shall be made to control and
attenuate dust transfer in premises. • Provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete)
shall be made to curb dust generation and its suspension due to vehicular movement. 6.3.6 Odour Management There are different odour sources in a distillery, which include molasses handling and storage, fermentation and distillation, secondary effluent treatment, and storage of effluents etc. To abate the odour nuisance, the industry has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions- It is proposed to provide tapping of CO2 gas Collection of waste yeast sludge from fermentation section in a closed system and its
immediate and proper disposal. Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent leese) by adopting strategic approaches
such as use of the effluents back in process under Reduce-Reuse-Recycle planning. Closed drains carrying spentwash to the treatment units, minimization of fugitive
emissions from treatment units. Proper collection & handling of excess sludge generated from the aerobic treatment units. Minimum retention of raw / concentrated spentwash in the storage lagoons. Adoption of GMPs (Good management practices). Use of mill sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic/ anaerobic micro
organisms. Regular use of Bleaching powder in the drains Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. Steaming of major pipe lines, Use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odour potential prone areas. 6.3.7 Operation Control and Equipment Maintenance All the equipments and machinery used shall be maintained properly and shall be kept clean. For expansion of distillery, the acid dosing equipments used in the fermentation processes would be checked regularly to prevent any leakages. The fermenters shall be maintained properly and should be kept clean to avoid any contamination that would affect the quality of alcohol. The quality of stack emission depends very much on the operating parameters of plant. Improper combustion of fuel in the boilers increases unburnt carbon particles in the exhaust flue gases therefore proper maintenance is an important factor.
172
The lubricants used for various equipment and fuel-handling areas would contribute to the pollution aspect. It would be taken care of, at the source, by looking after possible spillage, drippings, leakage etc. in the plant. 6.3.8 Occupational Health & Safety Measures The following measures are been taken up by the existing unit - • As per the requirement of Factory Act, there is provision of Occupational Health Centre.
There under, a qualified visiting doctor has been appointed. • Regular medical check-up of employees is carried out and records are maintained. • An ambulance is provided on site 24x7 to deal with emergencies if any. • Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy has been done for all
the workers (temporary and permanent) in the Industry and which is renewed every year. The following measures shall be taken after expansion activity - • The infrastructure of existing Occupational Health Centre shall be enhanced in order to
provide medical facilities to all the workers as well as nearby village/town people. • An ambulance shall be is available all the time i.e. 24X7 will be used. • Regular medical check-up of newly employed workers under expansion shall also be done
and record shall be maintained. • Provision of workmen compensation policy as well as mediclaim health policy shall be
done for the workers under expansion (temporary and permanent) and shall be renewed every year.
• Display of sigh boards in hazard areas in local language. • Provision of PPE to all workers.
Table 6.2 Health Care Facility Equipment
Sr. No. Instrument Use
1. Stethoscope Used to hear sounds from movements within the body, like heart beats, intestinal movement, breath sounds, etc.
2. Reflex testing hammer (padded)
To test motor reflexes of the body
3. Sphygmomanometer (Blood pressure meter)
To record the patient's blood pressure
4. A thin beam electric torch
To see into the eye, body's natural orifices, etc., and to test for pupillary light reflex, etc.
5. A watch / stopwatch Used in recording rates like heart rate, respiratory rate, etc.; for certain tests of hearing
6. A measuring tape For size measurements 7. A weighing machine To record the weight 8. Tuning forks To test for deafness and to categorize it 9. Kidney dish As a tray for instruments, gauze, tissue, etc. 10. Thermometer To record the body temperature
11. Gas cylinders Supply of oxygen, nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide, etc. 12. Oxygen mask or tubes Delivering gases up to the nostrils to assist in oxygen
intake or to administer aerosolized or gaseous drugs 13. Vaporizer To produce vapours 14. Instrument sterilizers Used to sterilize instruments in absence of autoclave 15. Dressing drums Storage of gowns, cotton, linen, etc. 16. Syringe of different
sizes and needles For injections and aspiration of blood or fluid from the body
17. Otoscope To look into the external ear cavity
6.3.9 Measures for Socio-Economic Development 6.3.9.1 Better Employment Opportunities
In order to run the existing and expansion projects, in all about 1006 nos. of skilled and unskilled workers are required. Out of these total workers, about 460 workers have already been hired from local areas. Additional manpower of 546 workers is to be inducted for commencing the expansion activities. Local persons shall be given preference while appointing the extra employees. 6.3.9.2 CER Plan • The planning for CER shall be started with the identification of the activities/projects and
may be undertaken in the periphery of Industrial area. • Corporate Social Responsibility Action Plan shall be prepared based on the casual
approach to the project based accountability approach, integrated with the social and environment concerns related to the business of the integrated project complex.
• Selection of activities under CER shall be made to ensure that the benefits reach the smallest unit i.e. village, panchayat, block or district. CER planning shall be done for long-term sustainable approach.
• The long term CER plan shall be broken down into medium term and short term plans.
Implementation
• The time-frame and periodic milestones should be finalized at the outset. • CER activities shall help in building a positive image of the company in the public
Perception. • CER projects shall be closely linked with the principles of Sustainable Development.
6.3.9.3 Proposed Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan by JSL
As per OM dated 01 May, 2018, funds to be allocated for CER activities under sugar factory, co-gen & Distillery is 2.5% i.e. Rs. 3.5 Cr. (Expansion capital investment – 141 Cr.). Total of Rs. 3.5 Cr. has been earmarked for CER activities. Activities to be undertaken under CER have been considered based on SE survey conducted in study area.
No. CER Activity Description of work Amount 1. Water Conservation Water Conservation - 10 Villages
Dams / Bandharas / Bunds - De-siltation & Gr. Water Recharge; Renovation (30 Nos.)
Rs. 120 Lakhs
2. Education Infrastructure
Education Infrastructure-2 Village Construction of Class Rooms and allied school infrastructure at Kusur & Siddhapur.
Rs. 40 Lakhs
3. Rural Sanitation - Rural Sanitation - 3 Villages 4 Toilet Units each of 6 Seats (3 Ladies + 3 Gents) with Water Tank of 500 Lit. & Septic Tank at Sohale (2 Unit), Kothale (1 Unit) & Kamati Bk. (1 Unit). 4 Units X Rs.13 Lakhs = Rs. 52 Lakhs.
Rs. 52 Lakhs
4. Water Supply Infrastructure.
Water Supply Infrastructure. - 5 Villages Safe Drinking Water Units with Filtration, RO Module & Storage Tank (1Unit/ Village; 1000 Lit/Hr) - Watwate, Jamagaon Bk, Arbali, Siddhapur and Vadapur
Rs. 60 Lakhs
5. Tree Plantation and Maintains
No of Trees per village = 2000 Cost of Tree Plantation Per Village = 8.00.000 Total cost of Tree Plantation in 5 villages = 40.00.000
(Watwate, Yenaki, Miri, Vadpur & Arbali)
Note: A resolution between Industry and respective Grampanchayat will be done for maintenance trees.
Rs. 40 Lakh
6. Provision of solar panels for street lighting and solar lamps in nearby villages
Cost of one solar panel = Rs. 5,000
Solar panels to be provided in 10 villages = 200 Nos.
Total cost for solar panels = Rs. 10 Lakhs
Note: A resolution between Industry and respective Grampanchayat will be done for maintenance of solar panels.
Rs. 10.00 Lakh
7. Awareness Camps on Nature
Awareness Camps on Environmental Protection for Schools, Colleges, Women Bachat gat’s by Industry in coordination with local NGO
6. Provision of solar panels for street lighting and solar lamps in nearby villages
2 2 2 2 2 10 2024
7. Awareness Camps on Nature
6 6 6 5 5 28 2024
Total 61 80 75 67 67 350 -- Under expansion project an amount of Rs. 3.50 Cr. has been earmarked for CER activities to be undertaken in study area for next 5 years. 6.3.9.4 Measures for Improvement of Ecology Following steps should be taken.
Afforestation program under proposed expansion program. Keeping noise levels under control at night time. Keeping operation of APC equipments and sufficient height of stacks. Provision of appropriate effluent treatment facilities. 6.4 Environmental Monitoring Program Schedule Following routine monitoring program as detailed in Table - 6.5 shall be implemented at site. Besides to this monitoring, compliances to all EC conditions and regular permissions from CPCB /MoEFCC shall be monitored and reported periodically.
176
Table 6.5 Plan For Monitoring of Environmental Attributes within Industrial Premises
No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted by
1 Ambient Air Quality
Upwind-1, Downwind-2 (Near Cane Yard, Near Main ETP, Near Colony.)
PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO Monthly
MoEFCC and
NABL Approved External
Lab
Study area - (Villages namely –Project Site, Watwate, Jamgaon Bk., Yenaki, Arbali, Inchgaon, Miri, Wagholiwadi)
6.5 Compliance to the Recommendations Mentioned in the CREP Guidelines
The MoEFCC has launched the Charter on "Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP)” with the purpose to go beyond the compliance of regulatory norms for prevention & control of pollution through various measures including waste minimization, in-plant process control & adoption of clean technologies. The Chapter has set targets concerning conservation of water, energy, recovery of chemicals, reduction in pollution, elimination of toxic pollutants, process & management of residues that are required to be disposed off in an environmentally sound manner. The Chapter enlists the action points for pollution control for various categories of highly polluting industries. The Task Force was constituted for monitoring the progress of implementation of CREP recommendations/ action points. The following activities are being undertaken by JSL and will be continued after proposed expansion under CREP norms.
1. Bagasse as fuel is used in co-gen boilers, which generates significant amount of particulate matter, causing air pollution. Wet scrubber is installed as APC equipment to achieve particulate emission well below 150 mg/Nm3.
2. Adequate storage capacity of molasses is provided and molasses is not stored in kutcha lagoon to avoid groundwater pollution.
3. Priority is given to distillery for lifting of press-mud for compost making with spent wash. 4. Operation of ETP is started at least one month before starting of cane crushing to achieve
desired MLSS so as to meet the prescribed standards from day one of the operation of mill. The biomass in ETP after the end of crushing season can also be kept alive by operating ETP throughout the year from the colony wastewater and washing of mills so that sufficient biomass is available at the time of start of ETP.
5. Sugar wastewater generation is 100 liters per tone of cane crushed. 6. Provision of a 15 days storage capacity tank for treated effluent. 7. Under existing unit spentwash is primarily treated in Biomethanation and then forwarded
to bio-composting. Moreover, under expansion project the spentwash shall be Bio-methanated and concentrated spentwash shall be incinerated in incineration boiler or dried in Spray Dryer to form powder spentwash. This achieves ‘Zero Discharge’ for distillery effluent.
179
CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1 Public Consultation
The application for conducting Public Hearing is now being submitted after procurement of TORs from Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC), MoEFCC; New Delhi vide letter No: F.No.J-11011/314/2012-IA II (I) dated 03.12.2018. Details of Public Hearing shall be incorporated in the Final EIA Report to be prepared subsequent to public consultation. 7.1.1 Details of Public Hearing
Date of Public Hearing : 16.07.2019 Place of Hearing : Jakraya Sugar Ltd. A/P – Watwate, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.:
Solapur, State: Maharashtra. Advertisement given : 14.06.2019 News Paper :
Dainik Lokmat (English & Marathi), Dainik Sanchar (English) Copies of news enclosed at Appendix F
Members Present : 1. Hon’ble Shri Ajit Deshmukh Additional District Magistrate, Solapur
Chairman
2. Shri Khedkar Regional Officer, MPCB Solapur.
Member
3. Shri Prashant Bhosale I/C Sub Regional Officer, MPCB, Solapur.
Convener
7.1.2 Minutes of Public Hearing
Table 7.1 Points Raised in the PH & Response of PP
No. Points Presented by Public Response Given by PP Remarks
1. Shri Birudev Nagnath Honmane, Resident of Watwate, Tal- Mohol, Dist- Solapur asked that, After expansion of the project, there will be increase in quantity of effluent. What will be the type of the effluent and whether it will be beneficial or any ill-effects on the surrounding area?
Environment Consultant informed that the effluent will be generated through sugar unit and co-gen unit. It will be around 700.0 M3/day. It will be treated through primary, secondary and tertiary treatment and will be recycled and reused in the premises for development of green belt. The treated effluent through drip irrigation will be made available to local farmers.
Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1.2 & 2.7.1.3
180
No. Points Presented by Public Response Given by PP Remarks
The local person also asked whether there will any ill-effects on surrounding area. This is to inform that as per the directives of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB), Online Monitoring System is installed in the plant, which is connected to MPCB and CPCB server. Any minor change in the effluent quality and stack, automatically alarms the system. If project proponent does not rectify, stringent action is initiated against the industry. The spent wash which is produced in the distillery will be converted into powder form or will be burnt. The local people will not suffer due to increase in effluent, as not a single drop of effluent will go outside the project.
2. Shri Prabhakar Bhimrao Patil, Resident of Miri, Tal- Mohol, Dist- Solapur, asked; I am farmer. Due to expansion of the project, how much production of sugar will increase?
Environment Consultant answered that 11% of sugar production gets out of the total sugarcane crushing. But Project Proponent decided to produce alcohol from sugarcane juice, as further production of Ethanol will be profitable.
Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.1
3. Shri Eknath Waghmare, Resident of Watwate, Tal- Mohol, Dist- Solapur raised a question - I am agriculturist. All three projects should be sanctioned. How much electricity will be produced?
Environment Consultant informed that 30.0 MW electricity will be produced. The production will be more than double. The electricity will be used in the production activities and remaining will be handed over to Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Company Ltd., due to which there will enough availability of electricity with the government.
Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.4
4. Shri Vithoba Krishna Jagdale, Resident of Arbali, Tal- Mohol, Dist- Solapur asked, I am farmer and residing adjacent to the project site. Due to expansion in electricity production, what benefit the
It was replied that, After consuming the electricity for the production activities, the remaining electricity will be handed over to Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Company
Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.4
181
No. Points Presented by Public Response Given by PP Remarks
adjacent farmers and Nation will be get?
Ltd., the electricity cannot be handed over directly to local farmers. As there will be enough availability of electricity, it is beneficial to our Nation.
5. Shri Rafik Patil, Resident of Miri, Tal- Mohol, Dist.-Solapur asked, I am farmer. Whether condensed water from the sugarcane can be recycled and reused?
It was replied that, There is 68% of water in the sugarcane. Almost 94-95% of water can be recycled and reused. Hence the project management has to take only drinking water from outside i.e. from local body.
Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1
6. Shri. Ramchandra Patil, Resident- Vadapur, Tal- South Solapur, Dist- Solpaur raised a question that, Due to expansion of the project, there will total transformation of the villages. Hence, he congratulated the Board of Directors of the project. He asked due to expansion of the project, whether hazardous solid waste will be produced and how it will be disposed of?
Environment Consultant answered that there is no production of any hazardous solid waste in the project. The sludge from the yeast will be removed and will be used as compost. In future, the water from the yeast will be removed and will be used for the agriculture. The ash from the boiler is used as manure in the agriculture fields. The Used Oil of the project will be used as fuel in the boiler.
Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.5
7. Shri. Gajendra Shankar Waghmare, Sarpanch, Wagholi, Tal- Mohol, Dist- Solapur asked, Due to expansion of the project, whether there will be any threat of air pollution and any ill-effects on the habitat?
Environment Consultant informed that there is no use of any hazardous or poisonous liquid in the process. The Electro Static Precipitator will be installed to the chimney attached to the boiler, due to which the dust particles or ash will be arrested. The tar roads will be developed to avoid dust pollution. Environment Consultant further informed that there will not be any ill-effects on the habitation. The report has to be submitted in each six months to MoEFCC, Western Zone Office at Nagpur and to MPCB. The officials of CPCB do visit the site for survey.
Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.2
8. Shri. Raghunath Honrao, Resident - Wagholi, Tal- Mohol, Dist – Solapur asked that In the expanded project, where the air pollution
It was replied that, The boiler which is attached to chimney will be provided Electro Static Precipitator, which gives the
Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.2
182
No. Points Presented by Public Response Given by PP Remarks
control devices will be fitted and in operation to avoid air pollution?
efficiency of 99.9%. As per directives of CPCB and MPCB, Online Monitoring System is installed and in operation.
9. Shri. Baliram Nivrutti Gund, Resident of Yenki, Tal- Mohol, Dist- Solapur Staying 1.0 k.m. away from the project site. As project is going to be expand, whether local people will get job opportunity?
Project Proponent answered that there are 400 workers in the project. After expansion, nearly 250-300 personnel’s may get job opportunities. There are 25 villages near the project. The 10th and 12th pass, technical diploma holders have been given job opportunities. Now there are less chances of getting more income in the agriculture fields. Hence, one person of one household should get job opportunities. This is an aim here. All the participants welcomed the same by clapping hands.
Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.2.1
10. Shri. Madhav bhagwan Gund, Resident of Yenki, Tal- Mohol, Dist- Solpaur supports the expansion activity. He stated that, He is Member of the project. The local farmers are benefitted due to this project. After expansion, whether agriculturists will be benefitted?
Project Proponent replied that, Everybody is partner of the project. All farmers will be benefitted in future also.
--
11. Shri Mahadev Jagtap, Resident of Sohale, tal- Mohol, Dist- Solapur stated that, Due to expansion of the project, local people will be benefitted. But while coming to the project site, first we have to plan about the petrol and diesel. Hence, we should get the petrol and diesel.
Project proponent informed that there is one petrol pump on the project site. It is a consumer petrol pump, where the tractors get the diesel. Now there is a two-wheeler is every household. The discussions are going on with the management of the Hindustan Petroleum and it is agreed by them to open a petrol pump on retail basic. It means those who pay will get the petrol or diesel. It may be materialized.
--
12. Shri. Y. Chenna Kesava Reddy, Social Worker, Danda Konddamma Charitable Trust, Hyderabad expressed that, This agro based project is beneficial to local farmers and local area.
Environmental Consultant informed that the suggestions given are already inserted in the Environment Impact Assessment Report.
--
183
No. Points Presented by Public Response Given by PP Remarks
Hence, it should be approved. The Project Proponent should utilise Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Fund in the Villages which are in area of 10 k. m. radius. The Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) Fund should also be utilized in the nearby villages. The medical camp be arranged periodically. The rain water harvesting should be implemented in the villages. Then only the ground water level will increase. The project proponent should adopt certain villages.
13. Shri. Hiralal Kashid tamboli, Resident Jamgaon, Tal- Mohol, Dist- Solapur asked that, He is a agriculturist. When there is crushing season, there is heavy traffic on the road which goes to the factory. The roads are totally damaged. The project proponent does sprinkle the waste water to avoid dust pollution. But it creates air pollution. How air pollution will be prevented?
The Project Proponent informed that the roads nearby the factory are totally damaged. The treated water from the Effluent Treatment Plant is Sprinkled to avoid dust pollution. Hence it is requested to District Administration to develop the road. The PWD informs that the roads are notified as Village Roads, which have capacity of carrying only 20 Tons load. With the help of local representatives, the main road which comes from Mohol via Ankoli to Inchgaon, Yenki to Watwate is declared as State High Way and the road will be of 60 centimeters thickness. It will be tar road. Hence, there will not any dust pollution threat, and no water sprinkling.
Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.2
Appreciations by Resident 14. Shri. Vilas Damodar Tiwari,
Resident – Yenaki, Tal- Mohol, Dist- Solapur stated that, I am local farmer. The doubts are cleared of the local farmers of the area. Hence, the project should be approved.
-- --
15. Shri. Parmeshwar Narayan Gundale, Resident of Inchgaon, Tal- Mohol, Dist – Solapur share his experience; The local farmers were used to stay in sad conditions.
-- --
184
No. Points Presented by Public Response Given by PP Remarks
But due to this project, he is experiencing good days. Due to this project, the sugarcane is get sold. This year, the project has given most increased rate for sugarcane in Maharashtra. The local agriculturists are staying in a satisfied condition. He used to cry due to his difficult days. Now there are tears in his eyes for good and happy days. Now project proponent is requested that welfare schemes should be extended to the workers.
16. Shri. Hari Ghule, Resident – Yenki, Tal- Mohol, Dist – Solapur expressed that, Project should be started at the earliest.
--
--
17. Shri. Anjaneyya Nagenhalli, Chairman and Founder, Samagra Parivartan Samudaya, At Post-Erani, Tal-Ranibennur, Dist- Haveri, Karnataka express that, While supporting the expansion of the project, he suggested that local people should be given job opportunities. The reasonable price should be given to sugarcane agriculturists, as they are back bone of the development. The green belt should be developed as per the directives of CPCB and MPCB. The health camps should be arranged periodically for workers and local people. He informed that he is giving suggestions in writing also.
-- --
18. H. Madhubabu, Social Activist, Hyderabad, informed that he supports the expansion. The written letter is also sent to MoEFCC, Govt. of India and copy of the same is given to the Committee.
-- --
19. Member, Environmental Public Hearing Committee asked all the NGOs and Social Activists why they came long way to project site
The Social Activist Shri Madhu Babu from Hyderabad informed that biggest population of country is Unemployment. Due to this
--
185
No. Points Presented by Public Response Given by PP Remarks
to support the expansion? project, the local people will get the job opportunities. Project proponent also promises environment protection of the area. He has given suggestions in writing which includes development of green belt and provision of medical facilities to local villagers.
7.1.3 Issues of Concern and Suggestion
Table 7.2 Points / Suggestions received w.r.t. PH & Clarifications by PP
Sr. No. Description of Issue / Query Clarification/ Action Plan 1. Member, Environmental Public
Hearing Committee informed that on behalf of MPCB, he is giving some suggestions.: 1) The project proponent has obtained Environment Clearance for the distillery and also have a Consent to Operate. Whether project proponent has complied 100% all the terms and conditions of the consent. 2) During the meeting, the question regarding disposal of solid waste is discussed. How the ash from the boiler is disposed of? 3) Though the green belt development is carried, as per new guidelines, the green belt should be developed round the project. As the project falls under “Eco Sensitive Zone” (ESZ), all the guidelines should be followed which will thoroughly verified by MoEFCC.
4) During the meeting, the issue of sprinkling of water is discussed. The sprinkling of water on the road to avoid dust pollution is a correct step. But the treated water or fresh water should be sprinkled.
1) Environment Consultant informed that certification is already granted by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Govt. of India and copy of the same is already submitted to MPCB. 2) Environment Consultant further answered that this is bagasse-based project. The ash is used in the agriculture fields. Nearly 30-35% is used for composting. Member, Environment Public Consultant informed that as per the terms and conditions of the consent, the ash should be sold to local brick manufactures. It should be followed. Environment Consultant promised for the same. 3) Environment Consultant promised to follow the guidelines.
4) Environment Consultant informed that fresh water or additional condensate water only will be sprinkled.
2. About 10 letters towards appreciation of the existing project operations and those supporting the proposed
1. 2 letters were received from Yenaki & Miri Grampanchayats in the command area of Industry.
186
expansion were also received by MPCB.
2. 8 letters were submitted by various Agricultural Organizations (Krishi Seva Sansthas), NGO’s working for Environment Protection.
7.2 R & R Action Plan There is no R & R action plan because proposed expansion shall be taken up in existing premises of JSL complex located at Watwate, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur, Maharashtra. 7.3 Potential and Major Hazards in Sugar Factory Process for manufacturing and refining sugar is a standard process. The risk assessment and hazard management study for industrial complex comprising of sugar factory, CO-gen and Distillery was done by Mr. Vinod Sahasrabudhe who is FAE for RH in respect of EEIPL. Areas of concern from hazard and risk points of view in the plant manufacturing of sugar are as follows-
7.4 Objectives and Scope of the RH Report: 7.4.1 Objectives of the Risk and Hazard analysis 1 Identify hazards and nature of hazard in the process, storage and handling of hazardous
chemicals. 2 Carry out Qualitative risk analysis for the process and suggest mitigation measures. 3 Carry out Quantitative risk analysis of the storage of hazardous chemicals and estimate
the threat zones for Most Credible and Worst case scenarios 4 Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/probability of the accident to the
minimum. 5 Incorporate these measures for ensuring safe operations and safe layout to mitigate
hazard and for effectively encounter any accident reduce the damages to the minimum. 6 Help in preparation of preparation of On-site and Off-site emergency plans 7 Suggest Guidelines for on-site and off - site emergency plan. 7.4.2 Methodology 7.4.2.1 Identify hazards based on
• Processes description received based. • Identify Hazardous Chemicals handled and stored. • Inventory of Hazardous chemicals 7.4.2.2 Hazard Assessment
• By Qualitative Risk Assessment • By Quantitative Risk Assessment by Hazard index calculations and estimate threat zones
by using ALOHA
7.4.2.3 Recommendations
• Recommend mitigation measures based upon the above • Recommending guidelines for the preparation of On-site Emergency plan.
187
7.5 Hazard Identification in Sugar Industry: Potential hazardous areas and the likely accidents with the concerned area have been enlisted below-
Table 7.3 Possible Hazardous Locations onsite
Sr. No.
Hazardous Area
Hazard identified
Mitigation measures Mitigation measures in place
/have to be in place for running
plant
Comments/ Additional measures
1 Boiler Area Explosion IBR rules for design, maintenance and operation of boilers by certified boiler attendants is mandatory
These measures are in place as the boiler is in operation for the existing capacity.
Will be adopted for the additional boiler capacity
2 All over the plant
Lightening To design and install adequate number of best available lightening arrestors.
These measures are in place as the boiler is in operation for the existing capacity.
If additional are required for increased area of operations these will be installed
3 Electrocution Lose fitting Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety audit at regular intervals.
These are in place for the operation of the existing capacity
4 Electrical rooms
Fire and electrocution
Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety audit at regular intervals.
These are in place for the operation of the existing capacity
5 Transformer area
Fire and electrocution
Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety audit at regular intervals.
These are in place for the operation of the existing capacity
6 Cable tunnel Fire and electrocution
Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety audit at regular intervals.
These are in place for the operation of the existing capacity
9 Alcohol production area
Fire and Alcohol vapour release
HAZOP study is strongly recommended for the production as well as Alcohol Storage area. And adequate safety instrumentation with
188
Sr. No.
Hazardous Area
Hazard identified
Mitigation measures Mitigation measures in place
/have to be in place for running
plant
Comments/ Additional measures
alarms and interlocks to be incorporated to make the design and plant operation intrinsically safe.
10 Distillery (ethanol storage tank)
Fire Detailed measures have been suggested in the report, in the later part. And QRA results and based on failure frequency risk has been calculated. Fire hydrant will be laid around with foam fighting arrangements.
7.5.1 Mitigation Measures to avoid accidents: (A) Preventive Measures for Electricity Hazard:
• All electrical equipment is to be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode are periodically tested and maintained.
• Emergency lighting is to be available at all critical locations including the operator’s room to carry out safe shut down of the plant.
• Easy accessibility of fire fighting facilities such as fire water pumps and fire alarm stations is considered.
• All electrical equipments to be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, and grease. • Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots, tester, fuse
tongs, discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated ladder and not wearing metal ring and chain.
• Flame and shock detectors and central fire announcement system for fire safety are to be provided.
• Temperature sensitive alarm and protective relays to make alert and disconnect equipment before overheating is to be considered
• Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit is to be prevented by providing fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection
(B) Fuel Storage:
In the Coal storage yard for stacking of coal in heaps the following care must be taken • Adequate dust suppression measures, like water sprinkling, shall be provided to prevent
fugitive emission and also risk of fire. Similar measures are also adopted for loading/unloading operations.
189
• Coal ash transported in tankers is to be covered and closed and so that there is no chance of spillage during transportation.
• Workers to be trained to be vigilant and keep water hose with ready water supply to extinguish small fires during hot season.
• Fire fighting measures, alarm measures and fire hydrant line to be provided around the coal storage area to immediately and effectively deal with fire.
• Measures are taken to control the air pollution during loading/handling coal.
7.6 Boiler Section:
Presently one boiler of capacity 70 TPH (existing sugar factory) & 8 TPH biogas based boiler is in working condition. Boiler ash after the ventury wet scrubber was handled and loaded manually into the tractors to be sold to brick makers. This is not a good practice and it is recommended to avoid manual handling or at least the workers should be providing them with proper clothing and soap etc for cleaning, after their duty. 7.6.1 Establishing a Fire Fighting Group: A small spark of fire may result into loss of lives, machines and the damage by fire may result in high economic losses. This type of losses can be avoided by preventing and controlling the fire instantly for which fire–fighting group will be established. The fire fighting group would house and keep in readiness, the following types of equipment and arrangements. Please refer Appendix-G for firefighting Layout.
• CO2 extinguishers • Dry powder chemical extinguishers • 80 mm. spray hoses • Fire brigade
Amongst the hazards identified above the area of major concern for fire, explosion and exposure to and release of toxic liquids and gases and there is risk of persons, outside the factory limits getting affected are identified below:
I. Bagasse storage: Fire hazard II. Production and handling of SO2
III. Molasses Storage tanks: Leakage of molasses due to tank failure
7.7.1 Bagasse Production and Storage:
7.7.1.1 Present Scenario: At present capacity for 4900 TCD capacity plant, 45050 MTPD of Bagasse is produced. 739.98 MT/D is consumed in the boiler as fuel and is stored in a storage yard. Present Bagasse storage area is 1952 Sq. M is provided. Present scenario of safety measures There is fire hydrant piping laid around the Baggase storage area. Fire hydrant system is provided and maintained to cover up entire baggase yard.
190
Suggested measure:
1. The fire- hydrant system has to be continuously charged with water pressure of 7 Kg/sq.cm.
2. Hydrant points must be always approachable, even during night. 3. Fire hose and boxes have to be in good ready to use condition.
Fire fighting system for the present plant:
1. The company has adequate water storage reserved for fire fighting, main fire hydrant Pump, pump running on HSD, alarm system. Please refer below table for fire fighting pump details
Table 7.4 Fire Fighting Pump Details
2. Water storage for Firefighting 6000 Cu. M 3. Factory layout drawing is attached at Appendix- A, which shows the hydrant piping
layout and hydrant locations. 7.7.1.2 Additional Mitigation Measures for safe storage: Following mitigation measures to eliminate the fire hazard are in place and some additional measures are suggested as below: 1. It should be ensured while routing high tension voltage lines to avoid storage of bagasse
storage below & near high voltage (H.T.) transmission lines. 2. Avoid routing of electric supply cables & cable trenches near to bagasse storage and if
unavoidable locate these as far away from stored bagasse or bagasse heaps. 3. Always keep other raw materials & useful material far away from storage of bagasse area.
No. Description Specifications A Main Pump 1 Pump Type DB80/26 2 Total Head 70 M 3 Discharge 137 m3/hr 4 Pump Input 35.05 KW 5 Speed 2900 RPM
B Jockey Pump 6 Pump Type CPHM25/26A 7 Total Head 70 M 8 Discharge 10.8 m3/hr 9 Pump Input 6.50 KW 10 Speed 2900 RPM
C Diesel Engine pump 11 Pump Type 4K65/32BF 12 Total Head 70 M 13 Discharge 137 m3/hr 14 Pump Input 36.583 KW 15 Speed 2300 RPM
191
4. Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action plan will definitely avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way we can save a valuable fuel & life of human being working near bagasse.
5. Posting of proper supervision staff with necessary communication facility. 6. Hot work, like welding, gas cutting should not be carried out near Bagasse storage. Or
only after issue of proper work permit and making necessary arrangements. 7. Daily record of Bagasse storage data must be maintained and proper review of storage
conditions must be taken by higher authority. 8. Training of all the involved staff in firefighting in normal & emergency operating system. 9. Proper Planning & Maintenance of the fire hydrant system around the bagasse storage
yard and not depending exclusively on fire tender for fire fighting. 10. Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action plan
will definitely avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way we can save a valuable fuel & life of human being working near bagasse.
11. Goggle and mask should be provided for workers in bagasse yard to prevent ill effect on eyes and inhalation of fine Bagasse dust on the workers in the area.
7.7.2 Hazard Identification : Sulphur Storage There is no electrical connections /lighting points inside the Sulphur warehouse and it was informed that all Sulphur required is transferred to the SO2 generation site during daytime only. Following are the hazards in storage and handling Sulphur.
1. Dust Explosion 2. Fire
7.7.2.1 Dust Explosion: As Sulphur is stored and handled in granular form, there is always some dust formation, which can lead to dust explosion. A dust explosion occurs when a fine dust in suspension in air is ignited, resulting in a very rapid burning, and the release of large quantities of gaseous products. This in turn creates a subsequent pressure rise of explosive force capable of damaging plant and buildings and injuring people. It is generally considered that a dust explosion can only be initiated by dust particles less than 500 microns diameter. Conditions for a Dust Explosion
Following conditions are necessary before a dust explosion can take place. (a) The dust must be combustible. (b) The dust cloud must be of explosive concentration, i.e. between the lower and upper explosion limits for the dusts. Sulphur is a flammable substance in both the solid and liquid states. The dust is characterized by a very low ignition point of 190°C compared to other combustible dusts, and dust clouds are readily ignited by weak frictional sparks. Dusts containing 25% or more elemental Sulphur may be almost as explosive as pure sulphur. (c) There must be sufficient oxygen in the atmosphere to support and sustain combustion. (d) A source of ignition must be present. (e) The dust must be fine enough to support an explosion.
192
7.7.2.2 Mitigation Measures:
Explosion Prevention: Dust explosions can be prevented by ensuring that the following conditions are met: • Formation and Suspensions of Sulphur dust in air are avoided. a. To prevent dust formation during the storage and handling of Sulphur, it is necessary to
take necessary precautions to avoid spillage and crushing of granular Sulphur during bulk loading and unloading in the storage area.
b. Storage shed should be constructed with a minimum number of horizontal surfaces to avoid dust must accumulation.
c. Bulk accumulations of fine Sulphur may also be removed using soft push brooms, having natural bristles and non-sparking scoops or shovels before vacuum cleaning equipment is used.
d. The use of compressed air to remove dust from any surface, vigorous sweeping or any other method of cleaning which may raise a dust cloud is prohibited.
e. All sources of ignition are excluded. f. Presence of moisture helps in preventing dust explosion. 7.7.2.3 Fire in Sulphur storage: There is a risk of fire in Sulphur storage as ignition temperature is low 190 deg C. Solid and liquid Sulphur will burn to produce Sulphur dioxide gas, which is extremely irritating and toxic. The effects of the fire hazard itself are slight. 7.7.2.4 Mitigation Measures:
• Smoking and the use of matches shall be prohibited in all areas where Sulphur dust is likely to be present. Prominent NO SMOKING signs shall be placed around such areas.
• Naked flames or lights and the use of gas cutting or welding equipment is prohibited during the normal operation of the plant. Repairs involving the use of flames, heat, or hand or power tools in areas where sulphur may be present shall be made only after getting hot work permit from the authorities.
• Where this is not possible the sulphur shall be wetted down. 7.7.2.5 Safety and fire fighting tips Always use Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). Sulphur fires produce
hazardous sulphur dioxide gas. Sulphur dioxide gas is heavier than air and will accumulate in the vapour spaces of the rail car.
Automatic sprinkler systems which comply with relevant Indian Standards and provide a fine spray or mist are recommended as the most satisfactory extinguishing system for bulk stores. Fire hoses and extinguishers must be fitted with fine spray nozzles to ensure that Sulphur dust clouds are not raised, as these can explode on contact with the fire.
Small Sulphur fires are easily extinguished by adding more sulphur on top of the burning Sulphur. This depletes the oxygen and smothers the fire.
For larger Sulphur fires use a light water fog or CO2 to extinguish. Do not use heavy water streams as this may create Sulphur dust which could potentially explode.
193
7.7.3 Hazard Identification : Molasses Storage
There are two areas of concern are: 1. Molasses storage: Heavy leakage of Molasses, total breakage of tank, leading to loss
of life and pollution. 7.7.3.1 Present Scenario:
Three numbers of molasses tanks are installed for storage of molasses, capacities are given in following table. Cooling system for tank is provided for safety purpose. There is gutter provision made around the tank for collection of molasses in accidental leakage.
Table 7.5 Molasses Storage tank
No. Description Location Details
1 Molasses Molasses Storage tank (In Sugar factory)
Quantity: 2 Capacity: 5600 MT each Dimension: Diameter : 23 M Height : 9.75 M Quantity:1 Capacity: 8400 MT Diameter : 27 M Height : 10.50 M
Molasses Storage tank (In Distillery)
Quantity:1 Capacity:15,344 MT Diameter : 34 M Height : 12 M
7.7.3.2 Mitigation Measures:
It is necessary to take following mitigation measures to prevent bursting of tanks, and heavy leakage and loss of life. Storage of molasses 1. Molasses should be stored in good quality and leak proof mild steel tanks. 2. Adequate safety factor should be incorporated into the design of wall thickness
considering deterioration that will occur due to corrosion over a period of time. 3. Regular internal and external inspection should be scheduled for checking wall thickness
of the tanks. At present there is no dyke wall around Molasses storage tanks. 4. Dyke/ Bund walls should be constructed around the tank or tanks. 5. It must be ensured while finalizing the dyke dimensions and that thickness that clear
volume inside the dyke walls is equal or more than 1.2 x volume of tank storage capacity. 6. Continuous mixing of molasses through external pump circulation should be done. 7. If there is increase in temperature beyond 300C external cooling of tanks shall be
provided by heat exchanger in the circulation line. 8. Frequent Temperature monitoring, manually or by recorder is strongly advised.
If there is leakage – a. Leakage should be washed out and diluted and should be recycled as far as possible or
must be properly treated in Effluent treatment plant.
194
b. Replacing of leaky gaskets, joints, should be done strictly by following work permit system.
c. Leakage of pipelines, welding repairs should be attended / carried out outside the plant. The necessary hot work permit should be issued after taking necessary precautions and fire fighting measures for onsite hot work, by the concerned authority before any hot work is undertaken.
d. Leakage through pump gland shall be reduced to the minimum by installing mechanical seals.
e. To attend all major leakage in tanks the following procedure should be followed (i) Transfer the material to other tank. (ii) Prepare the tank for welding repairs by making sure that it is positively isolated with
blinds from other vessels and ensuring that it is free of the chemicals and gases by purging air and carrying out air analysis before any hot work is undertaken and this should be done by skilled workers. For this purpose safety permit should be given.
7.7.4 Hazard Identification : Sulphur di oxide (SO2) production and handling
The plant has standard Sulphur di oxide (SO2) production unit. It was confirmed that the existing production capacity is adequate to cater to the additional requirement of Sulphur di oxide (SO2) for increased production. However, if this is found not adequate, the capacity will have to be increased. The unit produces required amount of Sulphur dioxide (SO2) at the required rate by changing sulphur feed to the unit, it is melted at 150 deg C and charged to the burner chamber, where in the air at controlled rate is fed to burner to produce Sulphur di oxide (SO2). Gas at high temp of 400 to 600 deg C is cooled to first to 90 deg C and then 60 deg C and sent to the user unit through 150 mm piping at 1.5 to 1.7 atm pressure. This is unit designed for institute production and use of Sulphur dioxide (SO2). There is practically no inventory of gas in the Sulphur burner unit and the inventory of the gas is in the pipeline from the unit to the sulphiter only. Major hazard is leakage; being toxic it can lead to serious injuries and health concerns. Qualitative risk analysis by using ALOHA Software is done & appended in Appendix J. 7.7.4.1 Mitigation Measures suggested and measures which are in place:
1) SOP for the unit operation is available. 2) Emergency Shutdown procedure is available. 3) Operators are trained. 4) Emergency Shutdown procedure, in local language is to be displayed.
7.7.4.2 Hazard quantification
Following are the toxic properties of SO2 NFPA rating N(H)=3, N(F)=0 and N(R)=0, TLV= 2 ppm Toxicity Index
Toxicity Number: The toxicity number (Th) is derived from the NFPA health factor Nh. Nh is an integer number ranging from 0 to 4.
Table 7.6 Toxicity Number
Nh 0 1 2 3 4 Th 0 50 125 250 350
195
Penalty Factor: The Penalty Factor (Ts) is the second toxicity parameter used to determine the TI. The Ts value is derived from the ‘Threshold Limit Values (TLV)’. The TLV-values are drawn up by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. TLV represents a time weighted average (TWA) air concentration to which workers can be exposed during a normal working week of 6 days at 8 hrs per day, without ill effects. The penalty factor is determined from the table below:
Table 7.6-a TLV Level
TLV <5 5-50 >50 Penalty factor Ts 125 75 5
Toxicity Index TI= Th + Ts/100 X (1+1.75+2.4) TI= 250+125/100 (5,15) = 3.75X 5.15, which is equal to 19.3 Resulting TI values are ranked into three categories: 1-5 Light 6-9 Moderate 10-up High
Hence Toxicity index is in HIGH range. Sulphur di oxide is produced by oxidation of molten Sulphur in situ in a standard readymade unit as described above and is used in Sulfitation of Sugar cane juice. There is no storage of Sulphur di oxide, as it is produced at the consumption rate and when required. 7.8 Co-Generation Plant:
Company has existing 11 MW Co-gen plant. The company’s present plant is standard DCS controlled and operated to take care of all safety related issues with all instrumentations, alarms and interlocks. Details of the same are provided in Appendix -H. Similar system will be in place for expansion plant as it is standard. In addition, all the employees working in this area on the shop floor are provided with ear plugs to prevent ill effects of high noise in this area. 7.9 Distillation Plant The company has already established distillery of capacity 30 KLPD and planned to go for additional 200 KLPD unit. For existing distillery unit following are the alcohol storage details.
Table 7.7 Storage for Alcohol
No. Description Technical data Quantity Capacity (Cu. M.) Height (M) Dia. (M)
1. Rectified Spirit Storage tank Tank 1 746 10.89 9.33 Tank 2 752 10.94 9.33
2. Impure Spirit Storage Tank Tank 1 189 6.53 6.09 3. Fuel Ethanol Storage Tank Tank 1 748 10.99 9.33
Tank 2 742 11.54 9.31 4. ENA Tank 1 739 11.60 9.32
Tank 2 758 11.54 9.31
196
7.9.1 Hazard Identification: Molasses Storage
There are two areas of concern are: 1. Molasses storage: Heavy leakage of Molasses, total breakage of tank, leading to loss of
life and pollution. 2. Alcohol Storage: Leakage leading to fire. For Molasses storage hazard identification and mitigation measures are already given the earlier part of the report.
7.9.2 Hazard Identification: Production of Alcohol
Major hazard identified in the production unit is release of alcohol vapours and fire. It is recommended to eliminate the risk and hazard at the design stage of the expansion itself by carrying out detailed systematic HAZOP study of the entire process and make the process and operation intrinsically safe. This tool is recommended for ensuring built in plant safety and understanding the plant operations in the best manner. Though the plant and distillery technology are established and well-known, it is suggested to include the clause of carrying out HAZOP study, with active participation of technical officials from the company for better understanding of the process and philosophy and basics behind design of equipments, instrumentation logic, safety systems and plant operation. This will prove vital in safe plant. 7.9.2.1 Hazard Identification: Alcohol Storage It is confirmed that for the Alcohol storage, tank layout, tank-farm layout, pump locations etc will be as per the requirements of PESO latest rules and regulations. PESO certificate is attached in Appendix- I. All tanks will be provided with flame arrestors, moisture traps, and over head condensers with chilled water for prevention of Alcohol loss and environment protection. NFPA rating for Alcohol is NH (Health Factor) NF (Fire Factor) NR (Reactivity) NF= 3, NH = 2 and NR=0, indicating fire as the major hazard in handling and storage of Alcohol Following storage has been for various grades of alcohol in the existing plant in the unit 1 and 2 7.9.2.2 Qualitative Risk analysis: For the storage of alcohol Fire and Explosion index has been calculated to be 72 based on the Material Factor MF= 16 and storage conditions (Degree of Hazard is rated based on of Fire and explosion index as follows )
Table 7.8 F & EI index
DEGREE OF HAZARD AND F&EI INDEX F&EI INDEX RANGE DEGREE OF HAZARD
1-60 LIGHT 61-96 MODERATE 97-127 INTERMEDITE
128- 158 HEAVY MORE THAN 159 SEVERE
F&EI index is in the range of moderate QRA for alcohol tanks of existing plant as worst case scenario is appended in- Appendix- J.
197
7.9.2.3 Mitigation Measures:
1. Based on standard recommendations for moderate hazard is it is recommended to have Alcohol storage tanks should be in open in dyke walls and must have spill collection and control (recycle) arrangement to pump into another tank.
2. As indicated the storage should be in open with dyke walls. 3. If applicable and if storage of Alcohol equals or exceeds 5000 KL following must be
done. 4. Clear distance between tanks will be provided as per the requirement of Petroleum
Rules Table 1 SCHEDULE II. 5. Location of pumps, location of tank farm in the factory should be as per the
requirements of Petroleum rules. 6. Necessary approval /LICENCE from Chief Controller of Explosives will be obtained
for the alcohol storage and factory lay out AS PER THE CHAPTER V 7. Proper firefighting system, inside the plant and around the storage tanks will be
designed as per IS or international code. And Fire NOC will be obtained. 8. Fire fighting around Alcohol storage will be as per OIS 117 standard with sprinkler
system and foam based fire fighting arrangement AS PER THE CHAPTER V.
7.9.2.4 Quantitative Risk Analysis:
F&EI index can also be used for estimating the damage that would probably result from the accident/fire. And it is converted to radius of exposure by multiplying it by 0.84 to feet. Thus radius of exposure in this case will be 0.84X72= 60 feet or 18 meters
7.10 ON-SITE Emergency Plan:
The company has an on-site emergency plan for the existing facilities. The same can be modified with inclusion of Mitigation measures and quantitative Risk analysis results given above for Sugar manufacturing section and other suggestions. This will have to be suitably modified to include distillery safety measures and results of QRA studies to be carried out later and modify the same. Safety Measures during regular and shut-down:
1. It must be remembered that shutdown plant are also and sometimes more prone to accidents. Hence it is suggested that all workers, regular and contract workers should be issued proper PPE, like helmet, safety shoes etc. as necessary.
2. All work, hot work, working at height etc. during working and shutdown period should be carried out with proper work permit and under proper supervision.
7.11 Occupational Health Aspects and Medical Provision in the Factory:
7.11.1 Effects of Alcohol on health:
It reacts vigorously with oxidizing materials. TLV for 8 hr. is 1000 ppm (ACGIH). Minimum identifiable concentration has been reported as 350 ppm. Exposure to concentrations of 5000 - 10000 ppm results in irritation of eyes and mucous membranes of the upper respiratory tract. Effects of exposure to higher concentration of Alcohol in the atmosphere are given in the following table
198
Table 7.9 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol
mg/l Ppm Effects in human 10-20 5300 – 10,640 Some transient coughing and smarting of eyes and
nose, not tolerable 30 15,960 Continuous lacrimation and marked coughing;
could be tolerated with discomfort. 40 21,280 Just tolerable for short period
> 40 >21,280 Intolerable
• To prevent injury to workers, standard PPEs will be provided. In addition, sufficient number of Self-contained breathing apparatus will be provided to be used in case of major alcohol leakage to avoid exposure to higher levels of Alcohol. All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure of employees to occupational safety and health hazards.
7.11.2 Medical check-up: Pre & post medical check-ups will be done of all the employees. Please refer Appendix – K for previous medical report. Employees will be regularly examined and the medical records will be maintained for each employee. Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup shall be done once in every year. The following tests will be conducted for each worker:
• Lung Function Test • Radiology – X-ray • Pulmonary Function Test • Audiometric Test • General clinical examination with emphasis on respiratory system • Pre employment examinations • Periodical medical examinations at the time of employment and after completion of
employment.
7.11.3 Occupational Health Center: OHC:
The company has OHC center for the existing industrial complex. The facilities of the present OHC and the periodic tests to be carried out will be modified for additional workers and officers after expansion in view of the above details and in consultation with the registered medical practitioner. It will be ensured that the exiting OHC and other medical facilities at the site as per the factories act, and number of employees. The same will be augmented before the start up of new set up. The company will have OHC and other medical facilities at the site as per the factories act, and number of employees. Some guide lines are given below: Under rule 73 W All factories carrying out hazardous processes must have OHC with services and facilities
A) For factories employing up to 50 workers: i) Medical officer on retainer ship basis, ii) minimum 5 workers trained in first aid, at least one shall be available during all working hours. iii) Fully equipped first aid box (What it should contain is also specified later)
199
B) For factories employee 51 to 200 workers
i) OHC with min. floor space of 15 sq. meters ii) part time medical officer iii) one qualified and trained dresser-cum- compounder throughout all working hours. iv) equipped first aid box
C) For factories employing more than 200 workers, i) Full time medical officer up to 500 workers, and one more full time medical
officer for every additional 1000 workers or part thereof ii) OHC with 2 rooms iii) one compounder and one ward boy 24 by 7 iv) OHC to be equipped all
emergencies
With what facilities OHC should be equipped with is given in details in schedule. Requirement of Ambulance van for any factory carrying on hazardous process shall be provided and maintained is defined under 73-X. For factories with less than 200 workers, management must have an arrangement for getting ambulance van at short notice it also details out what facilities ambulance Van should have Other important requirements are: company must have, MSDS for all hazardous chemicals at site, Pre-employment medical checkup and six monthly medical check-up for all employees, including contract worker and record must be available. Since the operation involve storage and handling of toxic chemicals, affecting liver, kidneys, lounges, medical test must include the specific teats to check functioning of these vital organs. The company carries out medical checkup for workers as per the requirement; the health check up parameters can be modified in consultation with the qualified medical doctor. Standard Medical facilities as required by Factory rule are expected to have been provided in the OHC for the existing plant, some important are illustrated below:
1. Well equipped First Aid Boxes will be provided in each Section of the factory. 2. Snake bite Lancet 3. In case of need, factory will be having dispensary to give effective medical facility to
workers. In dispensary, sufficient stock of medicines will be available to provide to workers in case of any major emergent situation.
4. A vehicle will be always available to shift the sick/injured person to District Hospital. 5. Ambulance will be made available 24X7 in the factory to deal and take the injured
workers to the district hospital.
7.11.4 : EHS Policy The Company has well defined EHS policy and is displayed as per the norms before the expansion.
200
CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 INTRODUCTION Any industrial activity helps in improving the social status of the locality. The existing project by JSL has helped in improvement of infrastructure and social structure in the command area and has lead to sustainable development. Also, after expansion the community that inhabit in the nearby areas will be benefited directly or indirectly by the project. Following benefits due to the proposed expansion project are expected. 8.1.1.Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure • The industry has constructed well paved roads for easy access to the workers that has
helped in easy transportation of raw materials and products for industry. • The industry shall adopt the rain water harvesting systems that will improve the ground
water table. As no any groundwater is utilized for the proposed expansion project it will be indeed useful to the surrounding farmers in their fields.
• Augmentation of existing green belt and plantation of additional trees in the industrial area and its surrounding shall help in improving the aesthetic beauty of the surrounding environment giving a pleasant look and improvising the air quality. Also green belt will help in arresting dust emissions as well as noise.
• Villages in study area would be benefited from CER activities to be undertaken by industry especially in respect of sanitation through provision of toilets and MSW management actions.
8.1.2.Improvement in the Social Infrastructure • Industry has its own grantable primary and secondary school. The people residing in the
nearby areas will be benefited by the educational facility that will help in enhancing the literacy rate and safety in that area.
• Due to expansion, the frequency of the local transportation will increase in this area. This will help shorten the time reaching destination and utilize it for some fruitful productive work
• Industry made available government approved grain shop at factory site for workers and nearby people.
• Industry aids for depot of drought affected animals for sheds and drinking water tanks. • Industry assists financially to nearby people for medical treatment in case any major
diseases found.
8.2 ACTIVITIES DONE BY JSL UNDER CER
Table 8.1 Activities Done By JSL under CER
NO. CER Activity Description of Work Cost by Industry (Rs. In Lacs)
1 Water Conservation Water Conservation - 03 Villages Dams / Bandharas / Bunds - De-siltation & Gr. Water Recharge; Renovation of Arbali ,Tandor and Vadapur
Rs. 2.31
201
2 Rural Infrastructure Rural Infrastructure - 4 villages Road patchwork of villages Vadapur,Miri, Yenaki and Wagholi.
Rs. 10.86
3 Financial assistance Financial Assistance & Aids for Festivals, Chief Minister Fund and Sakhar sankul fund.
Rs. 20.65
4 Medical Infrastructure Medical Infrastructure Rs. 0.15 TOTAL AMOUNT SPENT BY THE INDUSTRY ON CER Rs. 34.01
Proposed CER activities are listed under Chapter 6, Section 6.3.8.3. 8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL In any industrial activity all three types i.e. skilled, semi skilled and unskilled people are required. Preference is given for employment to local people based on qualification and requirement. The existing sugar factory has provided Direct & Indirect Employment to local people. When the production of sugar, alcohol and power manufacturing becomes stable expansion may become possible further and then employment availability may further enhance. Hence, it can be stated that by this activity employment potential is certainly increasing in all walks of life – skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled. Refer Chapter 2 for more details. 8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS After execution of the project the above mentioned benefits shall accrue. Apart from this other tangible benefits are mentioned below • After expansion of the industry, the industry will meet the national interest of economical
growth through sustainable development, as sugar and alcohol has been a great source of revenue through excise duty levied by the Government.
• First Aid Training and fire safety training will be given to all the workers. • Insurance Policies for the workers will be made available. • Improvement in the aesthetic through green belt development. • The ground water recharging shall be done by arresting rain water.
202
CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
9.1 Introduction Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required for ensuring sustainable development. It should not affect the surrounding environment adversely. The management plan presented in this chapter needs to be implemented under proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen Plant and distillery.
The EMP aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Waste minimization and waste recycling measures are emphasized. In addition to the Industry specific control measures, the expansion activities should adopt following guidelines-
• Application of Low and Non Waste Technology in the production process; • Adoption of reuse and recycling technologies to reduce generation of wastes and to
optimize the production cost of the industry.
The recycling and reuse of industrial waste not only reduces the waste generation but also can be an economic gain to the industry. For expansion activity the management of the JSL will take all the necessary steps to control and mitigate the environmental pollution in the designing stage itself. Moreover, while implementing the project the management will follow guidelines issued by CPCB.
The EMP is prepared based on the existing environmental status of the project location and the anticipated impacts of the project activities on environment. 9.2 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)
As a part of the EMP, it is essential to formulate an Environmental Management Cell (EMC). The JSL is already having a cell functioning under its existing sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery projects. The cell works under Managing Director of the Industry and is responsible persons from certain departments have been taken as members. The EMC is responsible for all the activities, actions, outputs and management of entire infrastructure provided for control and abatement of pollution in the JSL project complex. Further, the cell is also active in protecting state of environment in the study area around existing campus of JSL. Various programs and tasks towards conservation, awareness, promotion, review etc. are undertaken and implemented through the existing environmental management cell of JSL. This cell will also be responsible for taking care of actions and implementations subsequent to the expansion program. Further, the EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new members since the work load on existing ones is going to be increased substantially subsequent to commissioning of expansion projects. Following table gives details about EMC in the industry.
Table 9.1 Environmental Management Cell
No. Name of Member Designation
1 Mr. S. B. Jadhav Managing Director 2 Mr. K. C. Kotkar G.M (Distillery) 3 Mr. N. M. Kumbhar Chief Chemist 4 Env. Consultant Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd 5 Mr. G. D. Yadav Environmental Officer
203
No. Name of Member Designation
6 Mr. V. J. Jale Lab Incharge 7 Mr. V. S. Jadhav Safety Officer
Figure 9.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities
Members of the Environmental cell would be well qualified and experienced in the concerned fields. Some of the routine tests of wastewater such as pH, solids, temperature etc. will be carried out in the laboratory that would be established at the site. However, for additional tests of water, wastewater, soil, air etc., services of accredited laboratories as well as that of a consultant would be hired.
Health and Safety Manager Reporting the Vice President, Operational Risk
Committee and the Board on matters regarding SHE performance, SHE Management System performance
and the SHE risk position in the Industry
Environmental Engineer Providing technical advice on implementation of SHE management plan.
Environmental Chemist Collecting and analyzing the samples and developing remediation programs.
Developing & implementing occupational health & safety policy, program and procedure, increasing health and safety awareness at all levels within the organizations.
Managing Director Effective implementation of EMP
Sugar Factory Team Responsible for all activities in this unit related to Safety, Health and Environment (SHE)
Distillery Team Responsible for all activities in this unit related to Safety, Health and Environment (SHE)
Co-gen Team Responsible for all activities in this unit related to Safety, Health and Environment (SHE)
204
9.3 Working of Environmental Management Plan
Figure 9.2 Environmental Management Plan
9.4 Recommendation and Implementation Schedule The mitigation measures suggested for expansion project is given in Chapter 4. This will reduce the impact on environment due to the expansion of project. To facilitate easy implementation, the recommendations suggested are grouped in different phases. The most important measures are accommodated in earlier phase whereas the lesser important ones are grouped in later phase.
9.4.1 Air Pollution Control Measures Air pollution control measures involve installation of all the necessary control equipment by JSL. Under expansion of project 90 TPH boiler will be installed. Boiler of capacity 70 TPH & 8 TPH under existing setup, shall be kept as it is. Further, the existing green belt shall be suitably augmented. Refer Chapter 2 for Wet Scrubber details.
9.4.2 Water Pollution Control Measures
• Entire trade effluent from existing & proposed expansion activity would be treated in upgraded ETP to be provided in industrial premises.
• The raw spentwash shall be treated in bio-methanation plant followed by concentration in Multiple (Five) Effect Evaporator (MEE). This conc. spentwash shall be incinerated in incineration boiler or dried in ATFD. Effluent coming from laboratory & washing as well as cooling blow down are send to ETP. Condensate from MEE shall be treated in to CPU & further recycled in to process.
• The domestic effluent of proposed expansion activities shall be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment plant (STP) shall be done before in Septic Tanks followed by soak pits.
• No drains will be kept open in the plant.
9.4.3 Noise Control Measures
• Provision and use of earmuffs in High Noise Area.
Management Review Preparing Environmental Plan and Policy
205
• Providing separate sitting and control room for workers. • Changing of shifts and exposure time to high Noise Area would be reduced. 9.4.4 Ecological Preservation and Up Gradation • The original dominant natural grassland habitats in the region, traditionally serving as
‘Gairan’, i.e community pastures, needs to be preserved in pristine condition by involving villagers through nature conservation awareness and action programs, to be carried out under industry’s CER activity.
• Tree plantation under CER to be carried in 3 parts as (a) Thick block plantation in common lands in villages within 5 Km (Miri, Begampur, Arbali, Yenaki & Jamgaon Bk.) for environmental protection i.e., Carbon sequestration, (b) Avenue plantation on village roads, and around open spaces, ground etc. and (c) On agriculture farm bunds where horticulture trees to be encouraged.
• The industry, by involving workers and locals, should demonstrate, encourage, and promote suitable eco-friendly alternatives and green technologies under CER activity in the villages in the 10 km vicinity, stressing on mass block tree plantation, rain water harvesting, solar lighting, organic farming, etc.
• The pollution control measures as per the EMP should strictly be implemented by the industry.
• The green belt in the industry premise needs to be further strengthened considering total plot area and the proposed expansion by replanting the dead trees and covering the barren area. For ecological purpose, in tree plantation saplings of tall local tree species to be selected instead of exotic ornamental tree species. Large saplings (3 – 5 Years old) to be planted. As far as possible in new proposed plantation, no fruit bearing trees to be planted on industry premise to avoid possible contamination. Broad leaves, indigenous and evergreen species of trees, for ecology purpose and not for beautification, to be planted. No monoculture but mixed species plantation to be undertaken.
• Under CER activity, review of the earlier implemented initiatives to be taken before future direction of activities under CER activities to be finalized.
• The thrust of the CER activity should be based on eco-friendly and sustainable development of the villages around and directly under JSL influence.
• The proposed CER activities carried out by JSL needs to be different than routinely carried out as mere ritual practice by most sugar industry. As JSL is considered to be one of the leading and therefore decorated sugar industries in the country, thus its CER activity in environmental protection should be innovative and to be a role model for other industries.
9.4.5 Improvement of Socio-Economic Aspects • The expansion activity shall generate primary and secondary employment in the region. • Programs related to health, hygiene and education will be arranged and workshops as well
as seminars would be conducted in nearby localities so as to create public awareness • Active participation shall be done in the Programs and promotional activities proposed by
Govt. such as - Swatch Bharat Abhiyan, Save the Girl Child, Polio Eradication, Improved Farming & Water Conservator through Sustainable Development Practices
9.4.6 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management
• Proper arrangements and planning of sale of the solid waste, of industrial unit. • Ash shall be stored in silo and supplied to brick manufacturers.
206
9.4.7 Summary of Recommendations
Table 9.2 Summary of Recommendations
Sr. No
Aspect Recommendations & Proposed Action
1. Water Consumption
As far as the water conservation is concerned, it has been suggested to the Project Proponents (PP) to make maximum use of the CPU treated water as well as the water from cane condensate during sugar cane crushing season so as to reduce the fresh water demand during the crushing season and thus saving the fresh water. The industry has fresh water permission of 0.200 Million M3 per Year as granted by Irrigation Department. JSL lift the fresh water from Bhima river reservoir. Due to the water conservation steps suggested, total fresh water demand in JSL complex is 0.180 Million M3/Year which is below the sanctioned one. The total water requirement for industrial activities is to the tune of 6158 M3/Day. Out of which the cane condensate water - 3841 M3/Day is to be utilised, 1655 M3/Day is the MEE condensate water recycled after treatment in distillery CPU and 552 M3/Day is the total fresh water quantity taken from Bhima river. For detail water consumption table 2.22 and table 2.23 of chapter 2 may be referred.
2. Effluent Treatment
The effluent generated from existing and expansion activities of Sugar & Co-gen would be to the tune of 788.5 M3/day. It will be treated in to existing ETP of sugar factory. Moreover, the effluent generated from 200 KLPD distillery would be in the form of raw spent wash to the tune of 1600 M3/day. Spentwash shall be subjected for bio-methanation followed by concentration in MEE (Five effect). Concentrated spentwash shall be dried in Spray dryer. Condensate from MEE forwarded to distillery CPU along with spent lees and other effluents like cooling blow down, lab & washing effluent for treatment. Treated water from CPU reused in process thereby achieving ‘Zero Discharge’ for process effluent. For more details w.r.t effluent generation Section 2.7.1.3 of Chapter 2 may be referred
3. Ecological & Socio-economic Aspects.
The industry has been advised to undertake implementation of augmentation of the existing green belt plan. Thereunder, a time bound program shall be prepared for proposed plantation of trees. Programs related to health, hygiene and education will be arranged and workshops as well as seminars would be conducted in nearby vicinity for creating public awareness. The Industry would always take lead in contributing towards community development activities as well as donating funds for the noble causes such as Draught, earthquake and flood relief operations etc. Rs 3.5 Crores have been allocated towards CER activity.
All the recommendations are to be implemented so as to improve the environmental condition as a whole. However, some of these recommendations would be implemented at the earlier stage and some at a later stage.
207
Air pollution control equipment would be installed and ready for commissioning along with the industry. Noise control measures along with the earplugs and muffs would be kept ready for immediate supply to the workers. Tree plantation and green belt development would commence during implementation of expansion project. This activity can be extended stage wise even after commissioning of the unit.
Table 9.3 Implementation schedule
Sr. No.
Recommendations Time Period Implementation Schedule
Immediate Progressive As per Proposed Unit
Schedule 1 Air Pollution Control
(Stack of New Co-gen Boiler)
Before Expansion of the industry
* - -
2 Water Pollution Control (Execution of Sugar ETP)
Already Implemented under Existing unit
3 Noise Control (Green belt development as well as isolation and Insulation & Provision of
PPE’s)
Before Expansion of the industry
* - -
4 Ecological aspects (Additional Green belt development)
Stage wise * * -
5 SHW Management Already Implemented under Existing unit 6 Socio-economic aspects
(Corporate Environment Responsibility)
Stage wise - - *
Note :-‘ * ’ indicates implementation of recommendations
9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL POST MONITORING PROGRAMME
After commissioning of the project, regular monitoring of Environmental Attributes such as Ambient Air Quality, Stack Emissions, Noise, and Effluent would be done on regular basis. Refer Chapter 6 for details w.r.t Post Monitoring Program to be conducted. Following compliance against the consent conditions after commissioning of project would be observed under the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1981, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Trans boundary Movement) Rules 2010.
Table 9.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition
Sr. No. Description Frequency Remark 1. Post EC
Compliance -- Submitted to RO, MoEFCC Nagpur. RO visited to
JSL on 04.05.2019 for inspection of EC condition compliance. Site visit report is presented at Appendix – L for reference.
2. Six Monthly Compliance
Six Monthly Two Compliance would be submitted every year
3. Environmental Statement
Once in a year Would be submitted for every financial year before 30th September of next year.
208
Sr. No. Description Frequency Remark 4. Hazardous
Waste Returns Once in a year Would be submitted for every financial year
before 30th June of next year. 5. Renewal of
Consent Once in a year Application for renewal shall be done 60 days
before the expiry date.
9.5.1 Monitoring Equipment
Air Quality and Meteorological Instruments 1. Fine Dust Sampler 2. Weather station with Wind Vane, Anemometer, Thermometer, Dry/Wet Bulb
Thermometer, Rain-gauge 3. Spectrophotometer 4. Single pan balance up to 0.0001gms detection levels. 5. Relevant chemicals as required 6. Oven
Water and Waste Water Quality 1. BOD Incubator 2. COD reflux assembly 3. Refrigerator 4. Thermometer 5. pH meter 6. Stop watch 7. Pipette box 8. Titration set 9. Relevant chemicals and glass wares Noise Levels Sound level meter in different scales like A, B and C with slow and fast response options
Conservation of natural resources through optimal utilization with increased effectiveness.
To comply with the requirements of applicable National Environmental Legislation and Regulations from time to time.
Continual improvement in the organisation’s environmental performance through prevention and control of pollution.
To endeavour for use of cleaner technology in industrial processes for reducing JSL carbon footprint.
Creating awareness for environmental protection and conservation amongst employees, local people and connected agencies like supplies and customers.
209
CHAPTER 10 Summary and Conclusion
10.1 Introduction This EIA report has been prepared for expansion of sugar factory from 4,900 TCD to 7,500 TCD, co-gen plant from 11 MW to 30 MW and molasses based distillery from 30 KLPD to 200 KLPD using molasses / sugar cane juice by Jakraya Sugar Ltd.(JSL)Watwate located at Tal : Mohol, Dist : Solapur, Maharashtra.
The above mentioned expansion project attracts the condition of prior Environmental Clearance procurement as per the EIA Notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments thereto. Accordingly, it has been listed under Category – A; Item No.: 5(j), 5(g) and 1(d). The EIA report has been prepared by incorporating required information with regards to the project as mentioned in the Terms of Reference (ToRs) issued by MoEFCC vide letter F.No.J-11011/314/2012-IA II(I) to JSL. ToRs were issued in an Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) meeting held on 03.12.2018.
Table 10.1 Project Investment Details
Sr. No.
Industrial unit Capital Investment (Rs. Cr.)
Existing Expansion Total 1. Sugar Factory, Co-gen& Distillery Unit Rs. 161.52 Cr. Rs. 141 Cr. Rs. 302.52 Cr.
2. Total Land Acquired 2,25,133 Sq. M. (22.51Ha) 3. Elevation 458 M above MSL 4. Nearest Habitation Watwate Village 1.92 Km 5. Nearest City Solapur(36km) 6. Nearest Highway NH- 9 (34.7 Km) & SH-149 (11.2 Km from manufacturing
units.) 7. Nearest Railway Track from
Project Site Pakani railway station (25.6 Km) Solapur railway station (32.4 Km)
8. Nearest airport Solapur airport (39.3 Km). 9. Nearest tourist places Bhuikot fort (Solapur)33.5 Km 10. Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius 11. Archaeological important Nil within 10 Km radius 12. Ecological sensitive zones Nil within 10 Km radius 13. Reserved /Protected forest /
National Parks/ Wildlife Sanctuary (from Project Site)
Yes, boundary of Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Sanctuary is located 4.70Km from site. As per Supreme Court Orders finalization of Eco Sensitive Zone (ESZ) for GIB is in process. Till then, area of 10 km from boundary of GIB sanctuary as ESZ is to be presumed as per Supreme Court Order.
15. Nearest Industrial Area Chincholi MIDC 36.9 Km 16. Interstate Boundary MH-KA interstate boundary at 10.77 Km. 17. Site Coordinates 1. 17°34'28.68"N 75°38'52.16"E
The details of raw materials and products that are being manufactured under existing as well as those to be manufactured under expansion are presented in following table-
Table 10.3 List of Products for Integrated complex
Bagasse 1500 MT/D 796 MT/D 2,296MT/D Own Sugar Factory
211
Figure 10.1 Manufacturing Process Details of JSL Integrated Project
10.4 Sources of Pollution and Mitigation Measures
10.4.1 Water Pollution
• Total water requirement for JSL integrated project complex after expansion shall be to the tune of 6,158 M3/D.
• The sugar and co-gen would need 3,961 M3/D out of which 3,841 M3/D (97%) would be condensate water available from sugar cane condensation & treated water from CPU.
• The water requirement for expansion of distillery would be 2197 M3/Day. Out of this, 1655M3/Day shall be met from the MEE condensate & 5 M3/Day from ETP, remaining 552 M3/Day shall be taken from Bhima river. Moreover, for domestic purpose out of total requirement is of 10 M3/Day.
• Effluent from sugar factory & co-gen plant to the tune of 788.5 M3/Day would be treated in to its existing sugar factory ETP. Treated water from sugar factory ETP would be reused for various processes.
• Raw spentwash to the tune of 1600 M3/Day shall be primarily treated in Bio-methanation Plant followed by concentration in Multiple Effect Evaporator (Seven E
• ffect). Concentrated Spentwash of 320 M3/Day shall be forwarded to Spray Dryer for drying. Other Effluents viz. MEE condensate, spent lees, cooling blow down, lab & washing shall be forwarded CPU to be provided under proposed expansion.
Press Mud
Spent wash Molasses
To Grid
Power Steam
Sugar Factory
Boiler Turbines
To Factory
Fermentation Distillation Alcohol
MEE
drying to powder
Bio-Methanation Distillery
Co-Generation
To Godown / Market
Weighed Cane
Cane Milling / Crushing
Juice Clarification
Juice Sulphitation
Syrup Boiling
Centrifuging
Sugar
Bagasse
To be mixed with Powder & sold as manure
212
• Total domestic effluent after expansion to the tune of 70 M3/day would be treated in proposed STP.
10.4.2 Air Pollution
• Existing activities 2 boilers of capacities 70 TPH & 8 TPH are installed. The 70 TPH is provided with Wet scrubber as APC equipment followed by stacks of 72 M heights for boilers and other is provide with stack of 25 M as fuel is biogas.
• Under expansion activity; boiler of 90 TPH will be installed. This boiler will provide ESP as APC equipment with a common stack of 72 M height
• Also, two D.G. sets of 625 KVA each are installed in existing unit on site which are only used during Turbine tripping. No new DG will be installed during expansion activity. For More details w.r.t boiler and Stack details refer chapter 2.
10.4.3 Noise Pollution
• In the Sugar factory, co-gen and distillery, very high noise generating sources do not exist. Boiler house, distillation & fermentation section would be the minor sources of noise.
• The noise levels, as measured at various points in the boiler house, are not more than 85 dB (A). Adequate care shall be taken under expansion process also so that the noise from all the concerned sections shall be properly attenuated and controlled through insulation, isolation, separation techniques.
• Green belt to be developed further shall play an important role to attenuate the noise levels from industry to surroundings.
10.4.4 Solid Waste
Table 10.5 Solid Waste Details No Type of Waste Existing
MT/D After Expansion
MT/D Disposal
1 Boiler Ash (Co-gen-Bagasse)
22 29 Given to brick manufacturers or manure
2 Yeast Sludge 5 33 Used as Manure 3 ETP sludge 0.16 0.26 Sludge is utilized as manure. 4 CPU sludge 0.16 0.33 Used as Manure
10.4.5 Hazardous Waste
Table 10.6 Hazardous Waste Details
Sr. No.
Hazardous Waste Category
Quantity (MT/ M) Disposal Existing After Expansion
1 5.1- Used Oil 1.48
2.27 Burnt in boiler.
10.4.6 Odour Pollution
There are number of odour sources in existing distillery and sugar factory, which include molasses handling and storage, fermentation and distillation, bio-methanation, secondary effluent treatment and storage of effluents, stale cane, bad mill sanitation, bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains. The measures adopted under existing unit for controlling the same are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling, prompt & proper disposal of pressmud.
213
Under expansion of distillery project, spentwash shall be carried through closed pipeline for concentration in MEE. Hence, odour nuisance due to spentwash storage activity shall be entirely eliminated. For more details towards mitigation of odour problems, Chapter 2 may be referred.
10.5 Green Belt Development
No. Description Area (Sq. M) A. Total Built up area 31,000 B. Total Open Area 97900 C. Existing Green Belt Area (32% of Total plot area) 73,200 D. Proposed Green Belt Area under expansion (1% of Total plot area.) 1900 E. Total Green belt – 33% of total Plot area 75,100 F. Total plot area 2,25,133
10.6 Environmental Monitoring Program
Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following:
• State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity; • Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant; • Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; • To assess environmental impacts
The project management will carry out the monitoring regularly and record shall be maintained of the same. For details w.r.t.post monitoring program to be conducted; refer Chapter - 9 (Table 9.5).
10.7 Environment Management Plan
The Environment Management Plan aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Under the existing sugar factory, co-generation plant and distillery, JSL has effectively implemented the EMP.As a part of the EMP, it is essential to formulate an Environmental Management Cell (EMC). The JSL is already having a well functioning EMC under its existing sugar factory and distillery projects. EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new members subsequent to commissioning of expansion project. For more details, the separate chapter on EMP may be referred. 10.8 Conclusion
The proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery by JSL will help to elevate the economic growth at the local level as well as national level. It will also generate the employment in the study region, thereby improving the standard of living of people in the area. The expansion activity shall not disturb the land use pattern in the study area of 10 Km. No Rehabilitation is involved under this project since expansion is to be done in the existing unit. While undertaking this expansion activity the farmers shall also be partially benefitted as their farm lands will be irrigated by the treated water from sugar ETP. Moreover, the spentwash powder will be used as manure. Thus, the JSL expansion project is beneficial for society without hampering the environment and thereby accomplishing the aim of sustainable development.
214
CHAPTER 11 Disclosure of Consultants
11.1 The Organization Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL) is a major organization under the 'Equinox Group (EG)’ companies. EEIPL is one of the leading environmental consultants in the country and renders number of environmental services, under one roof, needed by various industries, institutions, government and semi-govt. bodies. EG offer services related to Environmental; Civil & Chemical Engineering, Pollution Control & its abatement, Industrial Safety, Health & Hygiene. ‘EG’ is in the environmental business since 1994 and operates through its offices located in Kolhapur (Corporate), Pune, New Mumbai, Hyderabad and New Delhi in India as well as at Baltimore in Maryland; USA. ‘Equinox’ set up comprises of engineers, technocrats, eminent scientists & professors, chemists, technicians and business associates. Quality, consistency and committed service are the "3 Pillars" of Equinox. The EG is working in close association with some reputed institutions and organizations in India that are leading in R&D, consultation, education and infrastructure development in environmental engineering & management areas. A few to mention will be – (1) Institute of Chemical Technology (formerly UDCT); Mumbai, (2) KIT's College of Engineering; Kolhapur, (3) Shivaji University; Kolhapur, (4) D.Y. Patil College of Engg.; Kolhapur, (5) GPKP; Kolhapur. ‘Equinox’ has also been awarded Memberships by Prestigious Global Institutions namely - IE (India), IWA (UK), ISWA (Austria), and ENACT (Alabama-USA). Presently EEIPL has a strength of 78 highly qualified personnel out of which 9 are Ph.D. scholars and 25 hold post graduate qualifications namely M. Tech. (from IITs), M.S.E. (JHU-USA), M.E. and M.Sc. with an experience range of 10 to 50 years. EEIPL is an ISO 9001:2015 certified organization (DNV-GL) that has been duly accredited through QCI–NABET for the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi as recognized and approved ‘Environmental Consultant’ of ‘Cat. A’ at the National Level for 15 different Sectors (1,2,4,8,12,17,18,20,21,22,25,32,32A.37 & 39). The EIA team comprises of 7 Coordinators and 23 Functional Area Experts actively engaged in the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies and related exercises under Environmental Clearance assignments. Moreover, EEIPL is having back up of 5 state-of-art Laboratories spread in 4 states of India (2 in Maharashtra and 1 each in Gujarat, Karnataka and West Bengal). All the labs have received NABL accreditations (ISO/IEC 17025: 2005; 2017) as well as approvals by the Govt. of India through the MoEFCC; New Delhi. Further they have certifications namely ISO 9001: 2015, ISO 18001: 2007 (OHSAS) and ISO 140001: 2015. The 'Equinox Group' companies, over last 25 years, have rendered services as well as expert consultation to more than 300 Projects and Industries, all over the country, which included sugar factories, power plants, distilleries, foundries, sponge iron & steel plants, textile industries, bulk drug manufacturing units and chemical industries, food processing & beverage manufacturing units, asbestos products & roofing, timber and particle board Industries. So far, the EG organizations have successfully procured ‘Environmental Clearance (EC)’ for 138 Projects that required conducting EIA studies. Out of them, as many as 110 were ‘Category-A’ projects for which EC was awarded by MoEFCC. The engineering team of ‘Equinox’ has planned, designed, erected and commissioned more than 75 Plants that comprised of ETPs, STPs, WTPs, SW & HW Management, Rain Water
215
Harvesting & GWR, Piezometer Network Station Installation and Resources Recovery Systems. Also, more than 50 Projects have been rendered consultation on CER, Green Belt, Ground Water Abstraction Clearance (CGWA & MoWR; Govt of India), NBWL Clearance (SBWL & MoEFCC), OCMS design; erection and commissioning, and Legal & Technical advice. Further, the EG companies have actively contributed their technical & scientific skills and knowledge in the Lakes & Rivers Revival and Conservation Program promoted by MoEFCC; Govt. of India through NRCD under NPCA scheme (formerly NLCP). There under, preparation and getting approvals was done for DPRs of 12 Lake Projects in Maharashtra & Uttar Pradesh while obtaining sanction of Rs. 320 Cr. as grant-in-aid (funds). Here, the second largest funding (next to ‘Dal Lake’ in Srinagar) was awarded by MoEFCC to ‘Ramgarh Lake’ at Gorakhpur in UP where under Revival & Conservation Project worth Rs. 197 Cr. was successfully executed and commissioned in the year 2018. Engineers & scientists of ‘Equinox’ made this mission possible in association with professors from KITs College of Engineering; Kolhapur. The EG website –www.equinoxenvi.com – may be visited for more details regarding activities, achievements and list of the esteemed clients of ‘Equinox’ as well as Key Personnel information.
In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR
for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment
management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation
as follows:
218
218
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
5(g): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FORDISTILLERIES AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMPREPORT
A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE
1) Executive Summary
2) Introduction
i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation
ii. Information about the project proponent
iii. Importance and benefits of the project
3) Project Description
i. Cost of project and time of completion.
ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.
iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.
iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.
v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities
vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.
vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)
viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided
ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.
x. Expansion/modernization proposals:
a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. Inaddition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.
b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification
219
219
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.
4) Site Details
i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.
ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site
iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.
v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.
vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)
ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area
x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.
xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)
xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.
xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy
5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):
i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)
220
220
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)
iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.
iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon
v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area
vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife
6) Environmental Status
i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.
ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.
iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.
vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.
vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.
viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.
ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.
x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-Ifauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.
xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.
221
221
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
7) Impact and Environment Management Plan
i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body
iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.
iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.
v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.
vi. Measures for fugitive emission control
vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.
ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also touse for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.
xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.
xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.
222
222
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.
8) Occupational health
i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers
ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.
iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,
iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.
9) Corporate Environment Policy
i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.
iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report
10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.
11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time
223
223
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.
12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.
13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.
B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FORDISTILLERIES
1. List of existing distillery units in the study area along with their capacity and sourcing of rawmaterial.
2. Number of working days of the distillery unit.
3. Details of raw materials such as molasses/grains, their source with availability.
4. Details of the use of steam from the boiler.
5. Surface and Ground water quality around proposed spent wash storage lagoon, and compost yard.
6. Plan to reduce spent wash generation within 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol produced.
7. Proposed effluent treatment system for molasses/grain based distillery (spent wash, spent lees,condensate and utilities) as well as domestic sewage and scheme for achieving zero effluent discharge(ZLD).
8. Proposed action to restrict fresh water consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol production.
9. Details about capacity of spent wash holding tank, material used, design consideration. No. ofpeizometers to be proposed around spent wash holding tank.
10. Action plan to control ground water pollution.
11. Details of solid waste management including management of boiler ash, yeast, etc. Details ofincinerated spent wash ash generation and its disposal.
12. Details of bio-composting yard (if applicable).
13. Action plan to control odour pollution.
14. Arrangements for installation of continuous online monitoring system (24x7 monitoring device)
***
224
224
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
5(j): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SUGARINDUSTRY INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA / EMPREPORT
A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE
1) Executive Summary
2) Introduction
i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation
ii. Information about the project proponent
iii. Importance and benefits of the project
3) Project Description
i. Cost of project and time of completion.
ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.
iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.
iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.
v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities
vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.
vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)
viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided.
ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.
x. Expansion/modernization proposals:
a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. Inaddition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.
b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification
225
225
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.
4) Site Details
xiv. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.
i. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitiveplaces)
ii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site
iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.
iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.
v. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area,plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex,layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
vi. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
vii.Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included.(not required for industrial area)
viii. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area
ix. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.
x. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega greenfield projects)
xi. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.
xii.R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy
5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):
i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)
226
226
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)
iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.
iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon
v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area
vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife
6) Environmental Status
i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.
ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.
iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.
vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.
vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.
viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.
ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.
x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.
xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.
227
227
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
7) Impact and Environment Management Plan
i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body
iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.
iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.
v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.
vi. Measures for fugitive emission control
vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.
ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also touse for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.
xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.
xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.
228
228
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.
8) Occupational health
i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers
ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.
iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,
iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.
9) Corporate Environment Policy
i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.
iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report
10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.
11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise
229
229
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time boundaction plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.
12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.
13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.
B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FOR SUGARINDUSTRY
1. Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its processes and operation sinproduction ofsugar, along with material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance).
2. Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Effortstominimize effluent is charge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.
3. Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of eachtreatment unit in reduction in respect to fall concerned / regulated environmental parameters.
4. Numberofworkingdaysof thesugar productionunit.
5. Detailsoftheuseofsteamfromtheboiler.
6. Detailsofproposedsource-specificpollutioncontrol schemes andequipments to meet the nationalstandards.
7. Collection, storage, handling and transportation of molasses,
8. Collection, storage and handling of bagasse and pressmud.
9. Flyash management plan for coal based and bagasse and action plan
10. Details on water quality parameter ssuchas Temperature, Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total KjeldhalNitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coli form bacteria etc.
11. Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, stack and fugitive emissions for PM10, PM2.5,SO2*, NOx*, etc., and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meetstandards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As applicable)
In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR
for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment
management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation
as follows:
232
232
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
5(g): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FORDISTILLERIES AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMPREPORT
A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE
1) Executive Summary
2) Introduction
i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation
ii. Information about the project proponent
iii. Importance and benefits of the project
3) Project Description
i. Cost of project and time of completion.
ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.
iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.
iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.
v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities
vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.
vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)
viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided
ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.
x. Expansion/modernization proposals:
a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. Inaddition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.
b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification
233
233
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.
4) Site Details
i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.
ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site
iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.
v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.
vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)
ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area
x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.
xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)
xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.
xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy
5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):
i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)
234
234
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)
iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.
iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon
v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area
vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife
6) Environmental Status
i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.
ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.
iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.
vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.
vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.
viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.
ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.
x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-Ifauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.
xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.
235
235
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
7) Impact and Environment Management Plan
i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body
iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.
iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.
v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.
vi. Measures for fugitive emission control
vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.
ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also touse for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.
xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.
xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.
236
236
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.
8) Occupational health
i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers
ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.
iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,
iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.
9) Corporate Environment Policy
i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.
iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report
10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.
11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time
237
237
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.
12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.
13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.
B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FORDISTILLERIES
1. List of existing distillery units in the study area along with their capacity and sourcing of rawmaterial.
2. Number of working days of the distillery unit.
3. Details of raw materials such as molasses/grains, their source with availability.
4. Details of the use of steam from the boiler.
5. Surface and Ground water quality around proposed spent wash storage lagoon, and compost yard.
6. Plan to reduce spent wash generation within 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol produced.
7. Proposed effluent treatment system for molasses/grain based distillery (spent wash, spent lees,condensate and utilities) as well as domestic sewage and scheme for achieving zero effluent discharge(ZLD).
8. Proposed action to restrict fresh water consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol production.
9. Details about capacity of spent wash holding tank, material used, design consideration. No. ofpeizometers to be proposed around spent wash holding tank.
10. Action plan to control ground water pollution.
11. Details of solid waste management including management of boiler ash, yeast, etc. Details ofincinerated spent wash ash generation and its disposal.
12. Details of bio-composting yard (if applicable).
13. Action plan to control odour pollution.
14. Arrangements for installation of continuous online monitoring system (24x7 monitoring device)
***
238
238
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
5(j): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SUGARINDUSTRY INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA / EMPREPORT
A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE
1) Executive Summary
2) Introduction
i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation
ii. Information about the project proponent
iii. Importance and benefits of the project
3) Project Description
i. Cost of project and time of completion.
ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.
iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.
iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.
v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities
vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.
vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)
viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided.
ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.
x. Expansion/modernization proposals:
a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. Inaddition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.
b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification
239
239
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.
4) Site Details
xiv. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.
i. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitiveplaces)
ii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site
iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.
iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.
v. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area,plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex,layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
vi. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
vii.Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included.(not required for industrial area)
viii. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area
ix. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.
x. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega greenfield projects)
xi. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.
xii.R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy
5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):
i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)
240
240
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)
iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.
iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon
v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area
vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife
6) Environmental Status
i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.
ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.
iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.
vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.
vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.
viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.
ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.
x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.
xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.
241
241
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
7) Impact and Environment Management Plan
i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body
iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.
iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.
v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.
vi. Measures for fugitive emission control
vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.
ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also touse for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.
xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.
xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.
242
242
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.
8) Occupational health
i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers
ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.
iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,
iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.
9) Corporate Environment Policy
i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.
iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report
10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.
11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise
243
243
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time boundaction plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.
12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.
13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.
B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FOR SUGARINDUSTRY
1. Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its processes and operation sinproduction ofsugar, along with material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance).
2. Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Effortstominimize effluent is charge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.
3. Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of eachtreatment unit in reduction in respect to fall concerned / regulated environmental parameters.
4. Numberofworkingdaysof thesugar productionunit.
5. Detailsoftheuseofsteamfromtheboiler.
6. Detailsofproposedsource-specificpollutioncontrol schemes andequipments to meet the nationalstandards.
7. Collection, storage, handling and transportation of molasses,
8. Collection, storage and handling of bagasse and pressmud.
9. Flyash management plan for coal based and bagasse and action plan
10. Details on water quality parameter ssuchas Temperature, Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total KjeldhalNitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coli form bacteria etc.
11. Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, stack and fugitive emissions for PM10, PM2.5,SO2*, NOx*, etc., and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meetstandards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As applicable)
![INDEX [164.100.154.113]164.100.154.113/notices/pdf/Executive_Summary_eng_11062018.pdf1 Summary EIA Report for Proposed Expansion of Sugar Factory from 5,000 TCD to 10,000 TCD (i.e.](https://static.documents.pub/doc/80x56/5e0a3f85345d48415e08be75/index-164100154113164100154113noticespdfexecutivesummaryeng-summary.jpg)
